03000EN MaPro 2015

SKF Maintenance and
Lubrication Products
Dismounting Buy a bearing
Basic
condition Mounting
monitoring
Alignment Lubrication
Extending the Bearing Life Cycle

Mounting & dismounting
Mechanical tools 10
Heating tools 38
Hydraulic tools 48
Instruments
Alignment74
Basic condition monitoring 88
Lubrication
Lubricants120
Storage tools 156
Transfer tools 158
Manual grease dispensing tools 159
Automatic grease dispensing tools 164
Oil dispensing & inspection 175
Lubrication analysis tools 178
Lubrication software 180
1
The SKF Bearing Life Cycle
Help your bearing achieve its maximum service life

Every bearing has a certain service life potential. However, research has shown that, for
various reasons, not every bearing achieves it. Important stages which have a major impact
on a bearing service life can be recognised during the bearings lifecycle. These stages are
mounting, lubrication, alignment, basic condition monitoring and dismounting.
The stages in a bearing life cycle are extremely important for achieving the maximum
service life of the bearing. By applying the right maintenance practices and using the correct
tools, you can considerably extend your bearings service life and increase plant productivity
and efficiency.
Mounting Lubrication
Includes mechanical fitting tools, Includes bearing greases, manual and
induction heaters and hydraulic automatic lubricators and lubrication
equipment accessories
Mounting is one of the critical stages of the bearings lifecycle. If the Correct bearing lubrication is an essential step in reaching the bearings
bearing is not mounted properly using the correct method and tools, service lifetime. It is important to select grease suitable for the bearings
the bearings service lifetime will be reduced. Individual applications application, and to apply the correct quantity before commissioning the
may require mechanical, heat or hydraulic mounting methods for bearing. During operation, the bearing will require periodic relubrication.
correct and efficient bearing mounting. Selecting the correct mounting The right quantity of the right grease applied at the right intervals is
technique for your application will help you extend your bearings essential to achieving optimum bearing performance and maximum
service life and reduce costs resulting from premature bearing failure, service life. Using manual relubrication methods is common practice;
as well as potential damage to the application. however, continuous relubrication offers many advantages. Continuous
relubrication can be performed by using automatic lubricators, which
provide a more consistent, correct and contamination-free grease supply.
Alignment Basic condition monitoring

Includes shaft and belt alignment tools Includes temperature, sound, visual
and machinery shims inspection, speed, electrical discharge
and vibration measuring instruments
After the bearing has been mounted in an application such as a motor During operation, it is important to regularly inspect the condition of
connected to a pump, the application should be aligned. If the application the bearing by performing basic condition monitoring measurements.
is not properly aligned, the misalignment can cause the bearing to suffer These regular inspections will allow the detection of potential problems
additional load, friction and vibration. These can accelerate fatigue and and help to prevent unexpected machine stops. Consequently, the
reduce the bearings, as well as other machine components, service life. machine maintenance can be planned to suit the production schedule,
Furthermore, increased vibration and friction can significantly increase increasing the plants productivity and efficiency.
energy consumption and the risk of premature failures.
2
Dismounting Buy a bearing
Basic
condition Mounting
monitoring
Alignment Lubrication
Dismounting
Includes pullers, both mechanical and
hydraulic, induction heaters and
hydraulic equipment
At some point, the bearing will reach the end of its service life and will Inside this catalogue, you will find SKFs complete range of
have to be replaced. Although the bearing may not be used again, it is maintenance products which can help you get the maximum
extremely important to dismount it correctly so that the service life of service life from your bearings. For more information about
the replacement bearing is not compromised. Firstly, the use of proper SKF maintenance products or to order any of these products,
dismounting methods tools will help prevent damage to other machine please contact your local SKF authorised distributor or SKF sales
components, such as the shaft and housing, which are often re-used. company. On the Internet, SKF can be found at www.skf.com.
Secondly, incorrect dismounting techniques can be hazardous to SKF Maintenance Products can be found at www.mapro.skf.com.
maintenance personnel.
3
Prevent over 60% of premature bearing failures
Poor fitting
16% Around 16% of all premature bearing failures are caused by poor fitting
(usually brute force...) and maintenance personnel being unaware of the
availability of the correct fitting tools. Individual installations may require
mechanical, hydraulic or heat application methods for correct and efficient mounting or
dismounting. SKF offers a complete range of tools and equipment to make these tasks easier,
quicker and more cost effective, backed up by a wealth of service engineering know-how.
Professional fitting, using specialised tools and techniques, is another positive step towards
achieving maximum machine uptime.
Poor lubrication
36% Although sealed-for-life bearings can be fitted and forgotten, some 36%
of premature bearing failures are caused by incorrect specification and
inadequate application of the lubricant. Inevitably, any bearing deprived
of proper lubrication will fail long before its normal service life. Because bearings are usually
the least accessible components of machinery, neglected lubrication frequently compounds the
problem. Wherever manual maintenance is not feasible, fully automatic lubrication systems can
be specified by SKF for optimum lubrication. Effective lubrication and using only recommended
SKF greases, tools and techniques helps to significantly reduce downtime.
Contamination
14% A bearing is a precision component that will not operate efficiently unless
both the bearing and its lubricants are isolated from contamination. And,
since sealed-for-life bearings in ready-greased variants account for only a
small proportion of all bearings in use, at least 14% of all premature bearing failures are
attributed to contamination problems. SKF has an unrivalled bearing manufacturing and design
capability and can tailor sealing solutions for the most arduous operating environments.
Fatigue
34% Whenever machines are overloaded, incorrectly serviced or neglected,
bearings suffer from the consequences, resulting in 34% of all premature
bearing failures. Sudden or unexpected failure can be avoided, since
neglected or overstressed bearings emit early warning signals which can be detected and
interpreted using SKF condition monitoring equipment. The SKF range includes hand-held
instruments, hard-wired systems and data management software for periodic or continuous
monitoring of key operating parameters.
4
SKF methods and tools
Bearing Mounting tools Dismounting tools
arrangements
Mechanical Hydraulic Oil injection Heaters Mechanical Hydraulic Oil injection Heaters
Cylindrical seating Small

bearings
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Cylindrical roller
bearing types NU, NJ,
NUP, all sizes
Tapered seating Small

bearings
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Adapter sleeve Small

bearings
*
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Withdrawal sleeve Small

bearings
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Small bearings: bore diameter <80 mm / Medium bearings: bore diameter 80200 mm / Large bearings: bore diameter >200 mm / * Only for self-aligning ball bearings.
Jaw Bearing Hydraulic Fitting Hook Impact Hydraulic nut Drive-up Oil Injection Hot plate Aluminium
puller separator puller tool spanner spanner and pump Method Method induction ring,
page 22 page 26 page 23 page 10 page 13 page 16 page 52 page 50 page 48 heater EAZ heater
page 40 page 44
5
Mechanical tools Heating tools
SKF Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36 10 SKF Portable induction heater TMBH 1 40
SKF Hook Spanners HN series 12 SKF Induction Heater TIH 030m 40
SKF Adjustable Hook Spanners HNA series 13 SKF Induction Heater TIH 100m 40
SKF Hook Spanners HN ../SNL series 14 SKF Induction Heater TIH 220m 41
SKF Axial Lock Nut Sockets TMFS series 15 SKF Induction Heater TIH L series 41
SKF Impact Spanners TMFN series 16 SKF Multi-core induction heaters TIH MC series 43
SKF Bearing Lock Nut Spanner TMHN 7 series 17 SKF Electric Hot Plate 729659 C 44
SKF Combi Kit TMMK 10-35 18 SKF Aluminium Heating Rings TMBR series 44
SKF Mechanical pullers TMMA series 20 SKF Fixed Induction Heaters EAZ series 45
SKF Hydraulic pullers TMMA ..H series 20 SKF Adjustable Induction Heaters EAZ series 46
SKF Hydraulic puller sets TMMA ..H /SET series 21 Accessories 47
SKF Standard Jaw Pullers TMMP series 22
SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers TMMP series 22
SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers TMHP series 23 Hydraulic tools
SKF Hydraulic Jaw Puller Kit TMHP 10E 24 Accurate axial drive-up of spherical roller and
SKF Reversible Jaw Puller TMMR F series 25 CARB toroidal roller bearings 50
SKF Strong Back Pullers TMBS E series 26 SKF Hydraulic Nut Drive-up Adapter HMVA 42/200 51
SKF Hydraulic Puller Kit TMHC 110E 26 SKF Hydraulic Nuts HMV ..E series 52
SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit TMBP 20E 28 SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 50 58
SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit TMMD 100 29 SKF Hydraulic Pump 729124 58
SKF Internal Bearing Puller Kits TMIP series 31 SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 100 59
Accessories 34 SKF Hydraulic Pump 728619 E 59
SKF Oil Injector 226400 E series 60
SKF Oil Injection Kits 729101 series 61
SKF Oil Injection Set THKI series 61
SKF Air-driven Hydraulic Pumps and Injectors THAP E series 62
SKF Pressure Gauges 63
Accessories 64
6
Mounting & dismounting
Mechanical tools 10
Heating tools 38
Hydraulic tools 48
Induction
heaters
Pullers
SKF
Hook
Oil Injection
spanners
Method
7
Mounting and dismounting
Mounting
Around 16% of all premature bearing failures are a result of poor fitting or
using incorrect mounting techniques. Individual applications may require
mechanical, heat or hydraulic mounting methods for correct and efficient
bearing mounting. Selecting the correct mounting technique for your
application will help you extend your bearings service life and reduce
costs resulting from premature bearing failure, as well as potential damage
to the application.
Mounting bearings in a cold condition Mounting bearings using hydraulic techniques

Small and medium size bearings are generally cold mounted. SKF has pioneered the use of hydraulic techniques, such as the SKF Oil
Traditionally, the bearing is mounted using a hammer and a length of Injection Method and the SKF Drive-up Method, for mounting bearings.
old pipe. This practice can cause forces to be transmitted through the These techniques have helped to simplify bearing arrangements and
rolling elements, resulting in damage to the raceways. SKFs fitting tool facilitate correct and easy mounting. SKF has also developed a
helps prevent bearing damage by applying the forces to the bearing ring comprehensive range of tools and equipment to put these hydraulic
with the interference fit. techniques into effect.
Mounting bearings using heat

Oil baths are often used for heating bearings prior to mounting.
However, this method can contaminate the bearing, resulting in
premature bearing failure. Today, induction heating is the most common
technique for heating bearings since it allows a high degree of
controllability, efficiency and safety. SKF has set the standards for the
development of induction heaters for bearing applications. SKF bearing
induction heaters are equipped with many features, which help prevent
bearing damage during heating.
8
Dismounting
When dismounting bearings, care must be taken not to damage other machine
components, such as the shaft or housing, as damage can compromise the
machines efficiency and lifetime. Bearings are sometimes dismounted to
maintain or replace other components of the machine. These bearings are
often re-used. Selecting the correct dismounting methods and tools is then
essential in reducing the risk of personal injuries and reducing the risk of
damaging the bearing, thus allowing it to be used again. Individual applications
may require mechanical, heat or hydraulic dismounting methods and tools to
allow safe, correct and efficient bearing dismounting.
Mechanical dismounting Dismounting bearings using hydraulic techniques

Choosing the right puller for the job is critical. The puller type, and its The SKF hydraulic techniques are often the preferred method for
maximum withdrawal capacity are crucial for completing any dismounting dismounting larger bearings as well as other components. These
job safely and easily. Puller overload can result in breakage of the pullers techniques, which employ hydraulic pumps, nuts and oil injectors,
arms and/or beam and therefore should be avoided. This breakage can allow the application of substantial forces to dismount bearings or
damage the bearing or shaft and can cause personal injury. In general, other components.
it is recommended to use a three-arm puller rather than a two-arm
puller as the three-arm puller is more stable. Whenever possible, apply Online mounting and dismounting instructions
the withdrawal force to the ring with the interference fit. SKF offers a At skf.com/mount, SKF offers a unique web-based, free of charge
complete range of easy-to-use mechanical, hydraulic and hydraulically- information service for the mounting and dismounting of SKF bearings
assisted bearing pullers for use in many bearing applications. and bearing housings in 13 languages.
This service provides step-by-step instructions for mounting and
Dismounting using heat dismounting. The system also provides information on proper tools and
The inner rings of cylindrical roller bearings generally have a tight lubricants. With this free internet service, SKFs expertise is at your
interference fit, which requires high forces to dismount. In such cases, fingertips around the clock worldwide.
using a puller can cause damage to the shaft and ring, which can be
hazardous to the operator. Using heating equipment facilitates easy and
quick dismounting while reducing the risk of damage to the ring and
shaft. SKF offers a range of heating equipment, which includes
aluminium heating rings as well as adjustable and fixed induction
heaters, for dismounting cylindrical roller bearing inner rings.
9
Mechanical mounting
Helps prevent premature bearing failures
SKF Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36

Poor fitting, usually using brute force, accounts for 16% of premature bearing
failures. The SKF Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36 is designed for quick and
precise mounting of bearings, while minimising the risk of bearing damage.
The right combination of impact ring and sleeve allows effective transmission
of mounting force to the bearing ring with the interference fit, minimising the
risk of damaging the bearings raceways or rolling elements. The kit contains 36
impact rings, 3 impact sleeves and a dead-blow hammer packed in a lightweight
carrying case. In addition to mounting bearings, the SKF TMFT 36 is also
suitable for mounting other components such as bushings, seals and pulleys.
36 impact rings in different sizes facilitate The impact rings are suitable for use under
the mounting of more than 400 different a press
bearings Impact rings are marked for clear visual
Facilitates correct mounting on shaft, identification of the rings size and easy
housing and blind applications selection
The diameter of the impact ring precisely fits Even surface of the impact sleeves body
the inner and outer diameter of the bearing provides excellent grip
Small diameter of the impact area on top of The nylon double-side head of the dead-
the sleeve allows effective transmission and blow hammer helps to prevent damaging
distribution of mounting force the components
Impact rings and sleeves are made of high- The rubber handgrip of the dead-blow
impact resistant material for longevity hammer provides excellent grip
Click connection between impact ring and
sleeve provides stability and durability
Technical data
Designation TMFT 36
Impact rings Carrying case dimensions 530 110 360 mm (20.9 4.3 14.2 in.)
Bore diameter 1055 mm (0.392.1 in.)
Number of rings 36
Outer diameter 26120 mm (1.024.7 in.)
Number of sleeves 3
Sleeves
Maximum shaft length Sleeve A: 220 mm (8.7 in.) Weight
Sleeve B: 220 mm (8.7 in.) (including carrying case) 4,4 kg (9.7 lb)
Sleeve C: 225 mm (8.9 in.)
Hammer TMFT 36-H, weight 0,9 kg (2.0 lb)
10
SKF TMFT 36 is suitable for SKF Bearing series
60.. 62.. 622.. 12.. 72.. 32.. 213.. 10.. 3.. 30.. C22.. 42..
63.. 64.. 623.. 13.. 73.. 33.. 223.. 2.. 31.. C40.. 43..
63/.. 62/.. 630.. 22.. 52.. 222.. 22.. 32.. C60..
16.. 98.. 23.. 53 .. BS2-22.. 23.. 33..
6001 - 6011 62200 62211 1200 1211 7200 7211 3200 3211 21305 21311 1005 1011 30203 30211 C2205 C2211 4200 4211
6200 6211 62300 62311 129 7301 - 7311 3302 3311 22205/20 202 211 30302 30311 C 4010 4301 - 4311
629 63000 - 63010 1301 1311 5200 5211 22205 22211 2203 2211 31305 - 31311 C 6006
6300 6311 2200 2211 5302 5311 22308 22311 303 311 32004 32011
6403 6409 2301 2311 B52-2206 2304 - 2311 32008/38

B52-2211
62/22 32205 32211
62/28 32303 32311
63/22 32307/37
63/28 33205 33211
16002 16011 33010 33011
16100 16101 358X
98203 - 98206 JLM 104948
JM 205149
Interference fits on cylindrical shafts

Most bearings are fitted to their shaft or housing with one
component having an interference fit. For determining
the correct fit, refer to the SKF General Catalogue, the
SKF Maintenance Handbook or consult an SKF
application engineer.
Shaft interference fit Housing interference fit
Incorrect mounting
When bearings are mounted cold, care must be taken to ensure
the drive-up forces are applied to the ring with the interference fit.
Damage to the bearing resulting in a failure can occur if the
mounting force is transmitted through the rolling elements
causing damage to the raceways.
Uneven distribution of forces can result in raceway damage
Correct mounting
The correct way to minimise raceway damage is to use specifically
designed tools from SKF, such as the Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT36
and Combi Kit TMMK 10-35. These tools allow drive-up forces to be
applied effectively and evenly to the component with the interference
fit, avoiding raceway damage.
With the correct tools, raceway damage is avoided
11
Spanners and sockets
Interference fits on tapered shafts

Bearings mounted on tapered seatings achieve their interference fit by being driven up
the tapered shaft. Care should be taken to ensure the bearing is not driven up too far,
as all the internal clearance may be removed and damage to the bearing is possible.
Incorrect mounting
Bearing driven up too far and all clearance removed;
damage possible.
Correct mounting
Bearing driven up the correct distance and the right clearance
is achieved.
The comprehensive range of SKF spanner and sockets are used to tighten and loosen
many types and sizes of bearing lock nuts, for bearings mounted directly on a shaft or
on sleeves.
Exact spanner radius reduces the risk of nut damage
SKF Hook Spanners HN series

Minimises the risk of shaft and nut damage
Plastic handle is oil, grease and dirt resistant to provide a better grip
The plastic handle minimises direct metal to skin contact, reducing
the risk of corrosion in the handle area
Spanner designation is laser-engraved allowing for easy identification
and selection
Available as a set: SKF HN 4-16/SET containing 9 spanners for lock
nut sizes 4 up to 16
Contents SKF HN 4-16/SET
HN 4 HN 8-9 HN 14
HN 5-6 HN 10-11 HN 15
HN 7 HN 12-13 HN 16
12
Selection chart HN series
Designation Suitable for the following series of SKF lock nuts
KM N AN KMK KMFE KMT DIN 1804 (M)
HN 0 0 0 0 M60,75, M81
HN 1 1 1 1
HN 2-3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 0 M101, M121,5
HN 4 4 4 4 4 1, 2 M141,5, M161,5
HN 5-6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 3, 4, 5 M221,5, M241,5, M261,5
HN 7 7 7 7 7 6, 7 M281,5, M301,5, M321,5, M351,5
HN 8-9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8, 9 8 M381,5, M401,5, M421,5
HN 10-11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 9, 10 M451,5, M481,5, M501,5
HN 12-13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 12, 13 11, 12 M521,5, M551,5, M581,5, M601,5
HN 14 14 14 14 14
HN 15 15 15 15 15 13, 14 M621,5, M651,5, M681,5, M701,5
HN 16 16 16 16 16 15
HN 17 17 17 17 17 16 M721,5, M751,5,
HN 18-20 18, 19, 20 18, 19, 20 18, 19, 20 18, 19, 20 17, 18, 19 M802, M852, M902
HN 21-22 21, 22 21, 22 21, 22 20, 22 M952, M1002
Technical data HN series

Designation Spanner design Outer diameter lock nut Designation Spanner design Outer diameter lock nut
DIN 1810 DIN 1810
mm mm in. mm mm in.
HN 0 1620 0.60.8 HN 12-13 8090 8090 3.13.5
HN 1 2022 2022 0.80.9 HN 14 92 3.6
HN 2-3 2528 2528 1.01.1 HN 15 95100 95100 3.73.9
HN 4 3032 3032 1.21.3 HN 16 105 4.1
HN 5-6 3845 1.51.8 HN 17 110115 110115 4.34.5
HN 7 5255 5255 2.02.2 HN 18-20 120130 120130 4.75.1
HN 8-9 5865 2.32.6 HN 21-22 135145 135145 5.35.7
HN 10-11 6875 6875 2.73.0
Four sizes for tightening or loosening up to 24 nut sizes
SKF Adjustable Hook Spanners HNA series

One hook spanner covers several nut sizes, making it suitable for use
with many applications
Economic solution: 4 hook spanners cover a wide range of nut sizes
Laser engraved designation, which represents the range of nut sizes
covered by each spanner, allows easy selection of the correct spanner
Versatile: suitable for a wide selection of lock nuts
Minimises the risk of shaft and nut damage
Selection chart and technical data HNA series

Designation Outer diameter lock nut Suitable for the following series of SKF lock nuts
mm in. KM KML N AN KMK KMFE KMT
HNA 1-4 2035 0.81.4 14 24 04 4 02
HNA 5-8 3560 1.42.4 58 58 58 58 37
HNA 9-13 6090 2.43.5 913 913 913 913 812
HNA 14-24 90150 3.56.1 1424 2426 1424 1420 1424 1324
13
Easy and quick bearing mounting and dismounting in SNL housings
SKF Hook Spanners HN ../SNL series

Unique design allows the SKF HN ../SNL series to be used inside
SKF SNL, FSNL, SNH and SE bearing housings
Suitable for tightening and loosening a wide selection of lock nuts,
facilitating their use in a wide range of housing and shaft applications
The large contact area of the spanner around the nut provides
excellent grip and force transmission
Exact fit reduces the risk of shaft, nut and housing damage
Selection chart and technical data

Designation Outer diameter Suitable for SKF housings Suitable for the following series of SKF lock nuts
lock nut
mm in. SNL / FSNL / SNH / SE KM KML N* AN* KMK* KMFE KMT*
HN 5/SNL 38 1.50 505, 506605 5 5 5 5 5
HN 6/SNL 45 1.77 506605, 507606 6 6 6 6 6
HN 7/SNL 52 2.05 507606, 508607 7 7 7 7 7
HN 8/SNL 58 2.28 508607, 510608 8 8 8 8 8
HN 9/SNL 65 2.56 509, 511609 9 9 9 9 9
HN 10/SNL 70 2.76 510608, 512610 10 10 10 10 10
HN 11/SNL 75 2.95 511609, 513611 11 11 11 11 11
HN 12/SNL 80 3.15 512610, 515612 12 12 12 12 12
HN 13/SNL 85 3.35 513611, 516613 13 13 13 13 13
HN 15/SNL 98 3.86 515612, 518615 15 15 15 15 15
HN 16/SNL 105 4.13 516613, 519616 16 16 16 16 16
HN 17/SNL 110 4.33 517, 520617 17 17 17 17 17
HN 18/SNL 120 4.72 518615 18 18 18 18 18
HN 19/SNL 125 4.92 519616, 522619 19 19 19 19 19
HN 20/SNL 130 5.12 520617, 524620 20 22 20, 21 20 20 20
HN 22/SNL 145 5.71 522619 22 24 24 22 22 22
HN 24/SNL 155 6.10 524620 24 26 26 24 24 24
HN 26/SNL 165 6.50 526 26 28 28 26 26 26
HN 28/SNL 180 7.09 528 28 30 30
HN 30/SNL 195 7.68 530 30 32 34 30 32
HN 32/SNL 210 8.27 532 32 36
* Not recommended for use in combination with SNL/SNH housing
14
Easy mounting and dismounting without nut damage
SKF Axial Lock Nut Sockets TMFS series

Requires less space around the bearing arrangement than
hook spanners
Inch connections for power tools or torque wrenches
SKF TMFS fits nuts of series KM, KMK (metric) and KMF
Special versions are available on request
Selection chart and technical data

Designation Suitable for nuts of series Dimensions Connection
KM, KMFE DIN 1804 (M) Outer diameter Outer diameter Effective height
KMK lock nut socket
mm in. mm in. mm in. in.
TMFS 0 0 18 0.7 22,0 0.9 45 1.8 3/8
TMFS 1 1 22 0.9 28,0 1.1 45 1.8 3/8
TMFS 2 2 M101 25 1.0 33,0 1.3 61 2.4 1/2
TMFS 3 3 M121,5 28 1.1 36,0 1.4 61 2.4 1/2
TMFS 4 4 4 M161,5 32 1.3 38,0 1.5 58 2.3 1/2
TMFS 5 5 5 38 1.5 46,0 1.8 58 2.3 1/2
TMFS 6 6 6 M261,5 45 1.8 53,0 2.1 58 2.3 1/2
TMFS 7 7 7 M321,5 52 2.0 60,0 2.4 58 2.3 1/2
TMFS 8 8 8 M381,5 58 2.3 68,0 2.7 58 2.3 1/2
TMFS 9 9 9 65 2.6 73,5 2.9 63 2.5 3/4
TMFS 10 10 10 70 2.8 78,5 3.1 63 2.5 3/4
TMFS 11 11 11 M481,5, M501,5 75 3.0 83,5 3.3 63 2.5 3/4
TMFS 12 12 12 M521,5, M551,5 80 3.1 88,5 3.5 63 2.5 3/4
TMFS 13 13 13 85 3.3 94,0 3.7 63 2.5 3/4
TMFS 14 14 14 92 3.6 103,0 4.1 80 3.2 1

TMFS 15 15 15 98 3.9 109,0 4.3 80 3.2 1
TMFS 16 16 16 105 4.1 116,0 4.6 80 3.2 1
TMFS 17 17 17 M721,5, M751,5 110 4.3 121,0 4.8 80 3.2 1
TMFS 18 18 18 120 4.7 131,0 5.2 80 3.2 1
TMFS 19 19 19 M852 125 4.9 137,0 5.5 80 3.2 1
TMFS 20 20 20 M902 130 5.1 143,0 5.7 80 3.2 1
15
High impact forces without nut damage
SKF Impact Spanners TMFN series

Helps avoid shaft and nut damage
Safe and user friendly
Impact applied effectively to the nut
Suitable for a wide selection of lock nuts
Special wide impact face
To be used in combination with a hammer
Suitable for nuts of series

Designation KMT .. KM .. KML .. KMFE .. HM .. (HM .. E) HM .. T AN .. N .. DIN 1804 (M)
TMFN 23-30 26 30 23 31 26 32 24 28 AN22 AN28 N022 N032 M105x2M130x3
TMFN 30-40 32 40 32 40 34 40 30 38 AN30 AN38 N034 N040 M140x3M180x3
TMFN 40-52 40 3044 3052 42 48 AN40 N044 N052 N44 M190x3, M200x3
TMFN 52-64 3056 3064 3160 50, 52, 56 N056 N064
TMFN 64-80 3068 3084 3164 3176 N068 N084
TMFN 80-500 3088 3096 3180 3196 30/500 N088 N096 N500
TMFN 500-600 30/530 30/630 31/500 31/560 N530 N630
TMFN 600-750 30/670 30/800 31/600 31/750 N670 N800
Suitable for adapter sleeves

Designation H 23.. H 30.. H 31.. H32 H39
TMFN 23-30 H2324 H2332L H3024E H3032 H3124 H3130L H3926 H3932
TMFN 30-40 H2332 H2340 H3030E, H3034 H3040 H3132 H3140L H3934 H3940
TMFN 40-52 OH2344H, OH2348H OH3044H OH3052H H3144H(HTL) H3152HTL H3944H H3952H
TMFN 52-64 OH2352H, OH2356H OH3056H OH3064H OH3152H OH3160H OH3260H OH3956H OH3964H
TMFN 64-80 OH3068 H OH3084H OH3164H OH3176H(E) OH3264H OH3276 H OH3968H OH3984H(E)
TMFN 80-500 OH30/500H, OH3180H(E) OH3196H(E) OH3280H OH3296 H OH39/500H(E),
OH3080H 3096H OH3988H OH3996H(E)
TMFN 500-600 OH30/530H OH30/630H OH31/530H OH31/560H(E) OH32/500H OH32/560H OH39/530H(E) OH39/630H(E)
TMFN 600-750 OH30/670H OH30/800H(E) OH31/600H OH31/750H(E) OH32/600H OH32/750H OH39/670H(E) OH39/800H(E)
Technical data
Designation Lock nut outer diameter Weight spanner
TMFN 23-30 150190 mm (5.97.5 in.) 1,10 kg (2.3 lb)
TMFN 30-40 195245 mm (7.79.6 in.) 1,80 kg (4.0 lb)
TMFN 40-52 250310 mm (9.812.2 in.) 3,10 kg (6.9 lb)
TMFN 52-64 320385 mm (12.615.2 in.) 3,70 kg (8.1 lb)
TMFN 64-80 400495 mm (15.719.5 in.) 4,30 kg (9.5 lb)
TMFN 80-500 520620 mm (20.524.4 in.) 6,90 kg (15.2 lb)
TMFN 500-600 630735 mm (24.828.9 in.) 8,50 kg (18.8 lb)
TMFN 600-750 750950 mm (29.537.4 in.) 11,00 kg (24.3 lb) TMFN 23-30 and TMFN 30-40 Other sizes TMFN impact spanners
16
For achieving the correct radial clearance
SKF Bearing Lock Nut Spanner TMHN 7 series

The SKF TMHN 7 set of lock nut spanners is especially designed for mounting
self-aligning ball bearings as well as small spherical roller and CARB toroidal
roller bearings on tapered seatings. Using the SKF TMHN 7, minimises the
risk of over-tightening of the lock nut, which can remove the bearings radial
clearance resulting in bearing damage.
7 different-sized spanners to fit nut sizes 5 to 11

Each spanner is equipped with a protractor and is clearly marked with
the correct tightening angle for mounting SKF Self aligning ball bearings
4 grip points on each spanner provide a better and safer grip on the nut
Reduced risk of damaging bearing by over-tightening
Suitable for use with lock nuts of the KM series either on shaft or in
SNL housings
TMHN 7 is suitable for use with: Technical data

Bearing designation Designation TMHN 7
1205 EK1211 EK Carrying case dimensions 340 250 80 mm
1306 EK1311 EK (13.4 9.8 3.1 in.)
2205 EK2211 EK Weight 2,2 kg (4.7 lb)
2306 K
2307 EK2309 EK
2310 K2311 K
STOP
17
Mounting and dismounting
Multi-purpose kit for quick and easy mounting and dismounting
SKF Combi Kit TMMK 10-35

The SKF TMMK 10-35 is designed for quick and precise mounting of bearings
with bore diameters from 10 to 35 mm and for dismounting deep groove ball
bearings from shafts, housings and blind housings from the same range.
For mounting, a multipurpose fitting tool is A complete kit of different sizes of puller
included which is suitable for mounting bearings arms and spindles facilitates the
as well as bushings, seal rings, belt pulleys and dismounting of a wide variety of different
other similar products. SKF deep groove ball bearings
For dismounting of deep groove ball The correct combination of a tough and
bearings from blind housings and shafts, the lightweight impact ring and sleeve reduces
SKF TMMK 10-35 contains a unique three- the risk of bearing damage as the impact
armed puller. When dismounting deep groove force is not transmitted through the rolling
ball bearings from housings, a combination of elements
this puller, sliding hammer and support rings The dead-blow hammer is designed for
enables easy removal of the bearings. maximum impact, while the puller claws
are specially designed to provide a good
grip and allow for high dismounting forces
Mounting Suitability chart

SKF TMMK 1035 is suitable for dismounting the following SKF deep groove ball bearings
60.. series 62.. series 63.. series 64.. series 16 series

60006017 62006211 63006307 6403 1600216003
62/22 63/22 16011
62/28 63/28
Dismounting Technical data

Designation TMMK 1035
Number of impact rings 24
Number of sleeves 2
Impact rings bore diameter 1035 mm
(0.392.1 in.)
Impact rings outer diameter 2680 mm
(1.04.7 in.)
Dead-blow hammer TMFT 36-H
Shaft support rings (diameter) 10, 12, 15, 17, 20, 22, 25, 28, 30 and 35 mm
Dismounting Effective puller arm length 3 puller arm A1 135 mm (5.3 in.)
3 puller arm A2 135 mm (5.3 in.)
Carrying case dimensions 530 110 360 mm
(20.9 4.3 14.2 in.)
Weight 7,6 kg (16.8 lb)
18
Dismounting
Selection chart SKF external pullers
Designation Width of grip Effective arm length
mm in. mm in.
SKF Standard Jaw Pullers
TMMP 2x65 1565 0.62.6 60 2.4
TMMP 2x170 25170 1.06.7 135 5.3
TMMP 3x185 40185 1.67.3 135 5.3
TMMP 3x230 40230 1.69.0 210 8.3
22
TMMP 3x300 45300 1.811.8 240 9.4
SKF Reversible Jaw Pullers

TMMR 40F 2348 0.91.9 67 2.6
TMMR 60F 2368 0.92.7 82 3.2
TMMR 80F 4183 1.63.3 98 3.9
TMMR 120F 41124 1.64.9 124 4.9
TMMR 160F 68164 2.76.5 143 5.6
TMMR 200F 65204 2.68.0 169 6.7
TMMR 250F 74254 2.910.0 183 7.2
TMMR 350F 74354 2.913.9 238 9.4
TMMR 160XL 42140 1.75.5 221 8.7
25
TMMR 200XL 42180 1.77.1 221 8.7
TMMR 250XL 44236 1.79.3 221 8.7
TMMR 350XL 44336 1.713.2 221 8.7
SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers

TMMP 6 50127 2.05.0 120* 4.7*
TMMP 10 100223 3.98.7 207* 8.2*
22
TMMP 15 140326 5.512.8 340* 13.4*
Mechanical pullers SKF EasyPull

TMMA 60 36150 1.45.9 150 5.9
TMMA 80 52200 2.07.8 200 7.8
TMMA 120 75250 3.09.8 250 9.8
20 Hydraulic pullers SKF EasyPull

TMMA 75H + .../SET 52200 2.07.8 200 7.8
TMMA 100H + .../SET 75250 3.09.8 250 9.8
SKF Hydraulic Jaw Puller Kit

TMHP 10E 75280 3.011.0 110200 4.37.9
SKF Hydraulic Puller Kit

24, 26
TMHC 110E 50170 1.96.7 70120 2.84.7
SKF Hydraulically Assisted

Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers
TMHP 15/260 195386 7.715.2 264* 10.4*
TMHP 30/170 290500 11.419.7 170* 6.7*
TMHP 30/350 290500 11.419.7 350* 13.7*
TMHP 30/600 290500 11.419.7 600* 23.6*
TMHP 50/140 310506 12.219.9 140* 5.5*
TMHP 50/320 310506 12.219.9 320* 12.6*
23
TMHP 50/570 310506 12.219.9 570* 22.4*
* Other arm length options are available

19
SKF EasyPull
Equipped with spring-operated arms and a solid design, the patented SKF EasyPull
is one of the most user-friendly and safe tools on the market. Ergonomically
designed, the spring-operated arms enable the user to position the puller behind
the component with just one movement. The SKF EasyPull is available in mechanical
and hydraulically assisted versions, as well as complete kits with a tri-section pulling
plate and a puller protection blanket.
Safe and simple bearing dismounting Quick and virtually effortless bearing dismounting
Mechanical pullers TMMA series Hydraulic pullers TMMA ..H series

Sturdy design allows dismounting of components even in the tightest Ready-to-use, integrated hydraulic cylinder, pump and puller thus
application in a safe manner it is assembly-free and it is not necessary to purchase separate parts
The unique red rings spring-operated opening mechanism allows the Safety valve prevents spindles and pullers from being overloaded if
SKF EasyPull to be placed behind the component with one movement excessive force is applied
of the hands The spring-loaded centre point on the hydraulic spindle allows easy
Self-locking arms help prevent the risk of puller slipping under load centring of the puller on the shaft without damaging the shaft
Double hexagonal heads allow easier application of withdrawal force The TMMA 100H has a maximum withdrawal force of 100 kN
Self-centring capability and nosepiece help avoid damage to shaft (11.2 US ton) and a long stroke of 80 mm (3.1 in.), which facilitates
Efficient use of time due to quick dismounting most dismounting jobs in just one operation
Available in three sizes with a withdrawal force of 60, 80 or 120 kN For dismounting jobs requiring less force, SKF offers a 75 kN
(6.7, 9.0 or 13.5 US ton), enabling easy selection (8.4 US ton) version, the hydraulic EasyPull TMMA 75H with a
TMHS series hydraulic force generators are available as an accessory maximum stroke of 75 mm (3 in.)
for the 80 and 120 kN versions Supplied with extension pieces and one nosepiece
Technical data
Designation TMMA 60 TMMA 80 TMMA 120 TMMA 75H TMMA 100H
Width of grip external, minimum 36 mm (1.4 in.) 52 mm (2.0 in.) 75 mm (3.0 in.) 52 mm (2 in.) 75 mm (3 in.)
Width of grip external, maximum 150 mm (5.9 in.) 200 mm (7.8 in.) 250 mm (9.8 in.) 200 mm (7.8 in.) 250 mm (9.8 in.)
Effective arm length 150 mm (5.9 in.) 200 mm (7.8 in.) 250 mm (9.8 in.) 200 mm (7.8 in.) 250 mm (9.8 in.)
Maximum withdrawal force 60 kN (6.7 US ton) 80 kN (9.0 US ton) 120 kN (13.5 US ton) 75 kN (8.4 US ton) 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Claw height 7,5 mm (0.30 in.) 9,8 mm (0.39 in.) 13,8 mm (0.54 in.) 9,8 mm (0.39 in.) 13,8 mm (0.54 in.)
Hydraulic spindle TMHS 75 TMHS 100
Adapter: possible to upgrade to TMHS 75 TMHS 100
hydraulic version
Total weight 4,0 kg (8.8 lb) 5,7 kg (12.6 lb) 10,6 kg (23.4 lb) 7,0 kg (15.4 lb) 13,2 kg (29 lb)
20
A complete bearing dismounting solution
Hydraulic puller sets TMMA ..H /SET series

A set consisting of a hydraulically assisted SKF EasyPull together with
a tri-section pulling plate, TMMS series, and a puller protection
blanket facilitate an easy, safe and virtually damage-free dismounting
Especially suitable for dismounting spherical roller and CARB toroidal
roller bearings, and other components such as pulleys and flywheels
A puller protection blanket, TMMX series, made of a strong
transparent material allows the user to visually follow the
dismounting procedure. While dismounting, the blanket helps to
protect from flying fragments of bearings or other components,
thereby enhancing user safety
A sturdy custom-made storage case with room for all parts minimises
the risk of loosing or damaging the sets components
Technical data
Designation TMMA 75H/SET TMMA 100H/SET
Puller TMMA 75H TMMA 100H
Tri-section pulling plate TMMS 100 TMMS 160
Puller protection blanket TMMX 280 TMMX 350
Dimensions of case 600 235 225 mm 680 320 270 mm
(23.6 9.3 8.6 in.) (27 13 11 in.)
Total weight 15,0 kg (33.1 lb) 31,6 kg (70 lb)
21
SKF Jaw pullers
One of the most common ways to dismount small to medium size bearings
is to use a basic mechanical puller. Using an SKF puller helps to safeguard
against damage to the bearing or to the bearing seating during dismounting.
SKF Jaw pullers allow for easy and safe puller operation.
Versatile two and three arm mechanical pullers Powerful self-centring mechanical pullers
SKF Standard Jaw Pullers SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers

TMMP series TMMP series
Range of five different jaw pullers with two or three arms Fast, efficient and smooth handling
Maximum nominal span from 65 to 300 mm (2.6 to 11.8 in.) Unique pantograph system gives exceptional grip and helps counteract
Cone system for automatic centring and secure positioning of arms misalignment during operation
Strong springs keep arms apart for easy operation Three arm jaw pullers with a maximum withdrawal force of 60 to 150 kN
Hardened, high quality carbon steel (6.7 to 17.0 US ton) suitable for medium to large size bearings
Blackened, high quality steel for corrosion resistance
Other arm length options are available
Technical data SKF Standard Jaw Pullers

Designation TMMP 2x65 TMMP 2x170 TMMP 3x185 TMMP 3x230 TMMP 3x300
No. of arms 2 2 3 3 3
Width of grip 1565 mm 25170 mm 40185 mm 40230 mm 45300 mm
(0.62.6 in.) (1.06.7 in.) (1.67.3 in.) (1.69.1 in.) (1.811.8 in.)
Effective length of arms 60 mm (2.4 in.) 135 mm (5.3 in.) 135 mm (5.3 in.) 210 mm (8.3 in.) 240 mm (9.4 in.)
Claw height 8 mm (0.31 in.) 9 mm (0.35 in.) 9 mm (0.35 in.) 9 mm (0.35 in.) 11 mm (0.43 in.)
Maximum withdrawal force 6,0 kN (0.7 US ton) 18,0 kN (2 US ton) 24,0 kN (2.7 US ton) 34,0 kN (3.8 US ton) 50,0 kN (5.6 US ton)
Weight 0,5 kg (1.2 lb) 2,1 kg (4.7 lb) 2,9 kg (6.4 lb) 5,8 kg (13 lb) 8,6 kg (19 lb)
Technical data SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers

Designation TMMP 6 TMMP 10 TMMP 15
Width of grip 50127 mm 100223 mm 140326 mm
(2.05.0 in.) (3.98.7 in.) (5.512.8 in.)
Effective length of arms 120 mm (4.7 in.) 207 mm (8.2 in.) 340 mm (13.4 in.)
Claw height 15 mm (0.59 in.) 20 mm (0.78 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.)
Maximum withdrawal force 60 kN (6.7 US ton) 100 kN (11.2 US ton) 150 kN (17 US ton)
Weight 4,0 kg (8.8 lb) 8,5 kg (19 lb) 21,5 kg (46 lb)
Effective length optional arms
TMMP ..-1 included included 260 mm (10.2 in.)
TMMP ..-2 220 mm (8.6 in.) 350 mm (13.8 in.) included
TMMP ..-3 370 mm (14.5 in.) 460 mm (18.1 in.) 435 mm (17.1 in.)
TMMP ..-4 470 mm (18.5 in.) 710 mm (27.9 in.) 685 mm (27.0 in.)
22
Powerful self-centring hydraulic pullers
SKF Hydraulically Assisted Heavy Duty

Jaw Pullers TMHP series
High forces can be easily applied as the puller is self-centring
The combination of a spindle and hydraulic cylinder allows the
working length to be easily adjusted
Unique pantograph system gives exceptional grip and helps
counteract misalignment during operation
Equipped with a lifting handle and eye bolt, facilitates easy handling
Maximum withdrawal force of 150, 300 or 500 kN
(17, 34 or 56 US ton)
Supplied with SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 100
Technical data
Designation* TMHP 15/260 TMHP 30/170 TMHP 30/350 TMHP 30/600 TMHP 50/140 TMHP 50/320 TMHP 50/570
Width of grip 195386 mm 290500 mm 290500 mm 290500 mm 310506 mm 310506 mm 310506 mm
(7.715.2 in.) (11.419.7 in.) (11.419.7 in.) (11.419.7 in.) (12.219.9 in.) (12.219.9 in.) (12.219.9 in.)
Effective length 264 mm 170 mm 350 mm 600 mm 140 mm 320 mm 570 mm
of arms (10.4 in.) (6.7 in.) (13.7 in.) (23.6 in.) (5.5 in.) (12.6 in.) (22.4 in.)
Claw height 30 mm (1.2 in.) 35 mm (1.4 in.) 35 mm (1.4 in.) 35 mm (1.4 in.) 40 mm (1.6 in.) 40 mm (1.6 in.) 40 mm (1.6 in.)
Stroke 100 mm (3.9 in.) 50 mm (2 in.) 50 mm (2 in.) 50 mm (2 in.) 40 mm (1.6 in.) 40 mm (1.6 in.) 40 mm (1.6 in.)
Maximum working 80 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
pressure hydraulic (11 600 psi) (11 600 psi) (11 600 psi) (11 600 psi) (11 600 psi) (11 600 psi) (11 600 psi)
cylinder
Maximum withdrawal 150 kN 300 kN 300 kN 300 kN 500 kN 500 kN 500 kN
force (17 US ton) (34 US ton) (34 US ton) (34 US ton) (56 US ton) (56 US ton) (56 US ton)
Weight 34 kg (75 lb) 45 kg (99 lb) 47 kg (104 lb) 56 kg (123 lb) 47 kg (104 lb) 54 kg (119 lb) 56 kg (132 lb)
Effective length optional arms
TMHP ..-1 included included 170 mm (6.7 in.) 170 mm (6.7 in.) included 140 mm (5.5 in.) 140 mm (5.5 in.)
TMHP ..-2 344 mm (14.2 in.) 350 mm (13.7 in.) included 350 mm (13.7 in.) 320 mm (12.6 in.) included 320 mm (12.6 in.)
TMHP ..-3 439 mm (17.3 in.) 600 mm (23.6 in.) 600 mm (23.6 in.) included 570 mm (22.4 in.) 570 mm (22.4 in.) included
TMHP ..-4 689 mm (27.1 in.)
*Also available without hydraulic pump TMJL 100. Please add suffix X to designation when ordering without pump (e.g. TMHP 30/170X)
23
Effortless bearing dismounting up to 100 kN
SKF Hydraulic Jaw Puller Kit TMHP 10E

A versatile kit with three different arm lengths is suitable for a wide
range of applications
Hydraulic spindle facilitates effortless dismounting
Self-locking arms minimise the risk of the puller slipping from the
application when under load
The spring-loaded centre point of the hydraulic spindle allows easy
puller centring
The hydraulic spindle is equipped with a safety valve, which minimises
the risk of puller overload
High load rating of 100 kN (11.2 US ton) makes the puller suitable for
a variety of dismounting jobs
A hydraulic spindle stroke of 80 mm (3.1 in.) helps facilitate
dismounting in one operation
Supplied with hydraulic spindle extension pieces to allow quick
adaptation to pulling length
Technical data
Designation TMHP 10E
Contents 1 armassembly stand Arm set 1 (3 TMHP10E-10)
3 arms, 110 mm (4.3 in.) Effective arms length 115 mm (4.5 in.)
3 arms, 160 mm (6.3 in.) Width of grip 75170 mm (3,06.7 in.)
3 arms, 200 mm (7.9 in.) Claw height 6 mm (0.25 in.)
1 hydraulic spindle TMHS 100
3 extension pieces Arm set 2 (3 TMHP10E-11)
for hydraulic spindle; Effective arms length 160 mm (6.3 in.)
50, 100, 150 mm (2, 4, 6 in.) Width of grip 80250 mm (3.19.8 in.)
1 nosepiece with centre point Claw height 7 mm (0.28 in.)
for hydraulic spindle Arm set 3 (3 TMHP10E-12)
Maximum stroke 80 mm (3.1 in.) Effective arms length 200 mm (7.8 in.)
Width of grip 110280 mm (4.311 in.)
Threading hydraulic cylinder 1 1/2-16 UN
Claw height 7 mm (0.28 in.)
Nominal working force 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
(23 16 2.8 in.)
Weight 14,5 kg (32 lb)
24
External pull Internal pull
Versatile and robust pullers for internal and external pulling jobs
SKF Reversible Jaw Puller TMMR F series

The standard range of eight pullers can accommodate a wide range of bearing
and component sizes. Adding extra versatility to the TMMR..F puller programme,
the four largest sizes are also available with extra long arms as a standard option
(TMMR .XL). The extra long arms help to dismount bearings and components
placed far from the shaft end. For more versatility, the extra long arms can be
further extended by adding extension pieces.
Self-locking arms for easy adjustment of width of grip

Hexagonal head on beam enables rotation of puller and
bearing during dismounting, improving ease of use TMMR 8F
Wide gripping range from 23 mm (0.9 in.) internal to
350 mm (13.8 in.) external, enables many bearings and
components to be dismounted
Unlike many similar pullers, the pullers can be used up to
their full rated load capacity without permanently deforming
the puller arms
Arms and beam are chrome plated for enhanced corrosion
resistance and easy cleaning
TMMR..XL
Technical data
Designation Maximum Maximum Weight Claw width Claw lenght Claw height
withdrawal force torque
kN ton(US). Nm lbf. kg lb mm in. mm in. mm in.
TMMR 40F 17 1.9 22 16.2 0,3 0.7 13 0.51 6 0.24 4 0.16
TMMR 60F 17 1.9 22 16.2 0,4 0.8 13 0.51 6 0.24 4 0.16
TMMR 80F 40 4.5 75 55.3 1,0 2.2 19 0.75 14 0.55 7 0.28
TMMR 120F 40 4.5 75 55.3 1,2 2.6 19 0.75 14 0.55 7 0.28
TMMR 160F 50 5.6 115 84.8 2,3 5.2 22 0.87 18 0.71 9 0.35
TMMR 200F 50 5.6 115 84.8 2,6 5.8 22 0.87 18 0.71 9 0.35
TMMR 250F 60 6.7 160 118.0 4,4 9.7 28 1.10 22 0.87 10 0.39
TMMR 350F 60 6.7 160 118.0 5,2 11.4 28 1.10 22 0.87 10 0.39
TMMR 160XL 50 5.6 115 84.8 3,5 7.7 25 0.98 16 0.63 8,5 0.33
TMMR 200XL 50 5.6 115 84.8 3,7 8.2 25 0.98 16 0.63 8,5 0.33
TMMR 250XL 60 6.7 160 118.0 4,7 10.4 25 0.98 16 0.63 8,5 0.33
TMMR 350XL 60 6.7 160 118.0 5,2 11.5 25 0.98 16 0.63 8,5 0.33
25
SKF Strong Back Pullers
Easy bearing dismounting even in the tightest spaces
SKF Strong Back Pullers TMBS E series

The SKF TMBS E strong back pullers facilitate dismounting of bearings in
applications where the use of traditional jaw pullers is restricted due to lack
of space or where the application demands a long reach.
Special separator design allows the puller to SKF TMBS 100E and the SKF TMBS 150E
be easily inserted between the bearing and are equipped with a hydraulic spindle, which
the shoulder on the shaft allows for easy application of force up to
The spring-loaded centre point of the 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
hydraulic spindle allows easy puller centring Supplied with hydraulic spindle extension
The firm grip behind the bearings inner ring pieces to allow quick adaptation to pulling
reduces the force required to dismount the length
bearing SKF TMBS 100E and SKF TMBS 150E are
The hydraulic spindle is equipped with a supplied with extension rods to allow quick
safety valve, which minimises the risk of adaptation to pulling lengths upto 816 mm
puller overload (32.1 in.)
A hydraulic spindle stroke of 80 mm (3.1 in.)
helps facilitate dismounting in one operation
SKF TMBS 50E is equipped with a
mechanical spindle for force generation
Selection chart
Designation Shaft diameter Maximum bearing outer Maximum reach
diameter
mm in. mm in. mm in.
TMBS 50E 750 0.31.9 85 3.3 110 4.3
TMBS 100E 20100 0.83.9 160 6.3 120816 4.732.1
TMBS 150E 35150 1.45.9 215 8.5 120816 4.732.1
TMHC 110E 20100 0.83.9 160 6.3 120245 4.79.6
Powerful combination of a jaw and strong back puller
SKF Hydraulic Puller Kit TMHC 110E

SKF TMHC 110E hydraulic puller kit The jaw puller can be assembled as a
combines a jaw puller and a strong three-arm or two-arm puller depending on
back puller the space and demands of the application
A versatile puller kit facilitates safe and easy The firm grip of the strong back puller
dismounting in a variety of applications behind the bearings inner ring reduces
Hydraulic spindle facilitates easy and the force required to dismount the bearing
quick dismounting Supplied with extension rods to allow
High load rating of 100 kN (11.2 US ton) quick adaptation to pulling lengths upto
The strong back puller includes two different 245 mm (9.6 in.)
arm lengths for maximum reach of
120 mm (4.7 in.)
26
Technical data TMBS E series
Designation TMBS 50E TMBS 100E TMBS 150E

Contents 1 separator set 1 separator set 1 separator set
1 mechanical spindle 2 main rods 2 main rods
1 beam 2 extension rods, 125 mm (4.9 in.) 2 extension rods, 125 mm (4.9 in.)
2 main rods 4 extension rods, 285 mm (11.2 in.) 4 extension rods, 285 mm (11.2 in.)
1 beam 1 beam
1 hydraulic spindle TMHS 100 1 hydraulic spindle TMHS 100
2 extension pieces for hydraulic 2 extension pieces for hydraulic
spindle; 50, 100 mm (2.0, 3.9 in.) spindle; 50, 100 mm (2.0, 3.9 in.)
1 nosepiece with centre point 1 nosepiece with centre point
for hydraulic spindle for hydraulic spindle
Maximum stroke 80 mm (3.1 in.) 80 mm (3.1 in.)
Nominal working force 30 kN (3.4 US ton) 100 kN (11.2 US ton) 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Maximum reach 110 mm (4.3 in.) 120816 mm (4.731.1 in.) 120816 mm (4.731.1 in.)
Shaft diameter range 750 mm (0.32 in.) 20100 mm (0.84 in.) 35150 mm (1.46 in.)
Threading hydraulic cylinder 1 1/2-16 UN 1 1/2-16 UN
Carrying case dimensions 295 190 55 mm 580 410 70 mm 580 410 70 mm
(11.6 7.5 2 in.) (23 16 2.8 in.) (23 16 2.8 in.)
Weight 1,8 kg (4 lb) 13,5 kg (29.8 lb) 17 kg (37.5 lb)
Technical data TMHC 110E
Designation TMHC 110E

Contents 1 armassembly stand Arms set 1 (3 TMHP10E-9)
3 arms, 60 mm (2.4 in.) Effective arms length 65 mm (2.5 in.)
3 arms, 120 mm (4.7 in.) Width of grip 50110 mm (24.3 in.)
1 separator set Claw height 6 mm (0.25 in.)
1 beam
Arms set 2 (3 TMHP10E-10)
2 main rods
Effective arms length 115 mm (4.5 in.)
2 extension rods, 125 mm (4.9 in.)
Width of grip 75170 mm (3.06.7 in.)
1 hydraulic spindle TMHS 100
Claw height 6 mm (0.25 in.)
2 extension pieces for hydraulic
spindle; 50, 100 mm (2.0, 3.9 in.) Strong back puller
1 nosepiece with centre point Maximum reach 250 mm (9.8 in.)
for hydraulic spindle Shaft diameter range 20100 mm (0.84 in.)
Maximum stroke 80 mm (3.1 in.)
Nominal working force 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Threading hydraulic cylinder 1 1/2-16 UN
(23 16 2.8 in.)
27
SKF Blind housing pullers
Selection chart SKF Blind pullers The SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit TMMD 100 allows quick and
Designation Bearing bore Effective arm easy dismounting of SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearings with an interference fit
diameter (d) length
on both rings.
TMMD 100 10100 mm 135170 mm The SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit TMBP 20E is an adapter type puller for
(0.43.9 in.) (5.36.7 in.)
dismounting deep groove ball bearings in blind housings with shaft dimensions
TMBP 20E 30160 mm 547 mm
(1.26.3 in.) (21.5 in.) between 30 mm and 160 mm (1.186.3 in.). The use of extension rods allows
a long reach of up to 547 mm (21.5 in.).
Removes bearing without dismantling machinery

30
SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit TMBP 20E
Allows a wide of range of deep groove ball bearings to be dismounted
Ball adapters designed for a long service life
Spanner stop function on spindle for easy and safe handling
Self-locking nose piece helps minimise damage to shaft,
and improves puller stability
Suitability chart
SKF TMBP 20E is suitable for dismounting the following deep groove ball bearings
60.. series 62.. series 63.. series 64.. series 16 series

60216032 62136230 63096320 64066418 1602616032
Remove seal and open selected section of Insert appropriate bearing adapter and rotate Insert the second adapter into prepared area
ball cage. Clean the swarf out. it 90 ensuring positive grip within the bearing diametrically opposed.
race.
28
Easy dismounting of bearings in blind housings
30
SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit TMMD 100
The puller is suitable for use in both blind housings and shaft applications.
The SKF TMMD 100 is suitable for dismounting up to 71 different
SKF deep groove ball bearings, with shaft diameters ranging between
10 and 100 mm (0.43.9 in.).
The claws are designed to precisely fit in the bearings raceway,

providing a good grip, thereby allowing high dismounting forces
Each puller arm is fitted with a spring for easy installation
The claw has been designed to allow easy insertion
The hexagon head of the spindle is designed to prevent the spanner
sliding down the spindle during dismounting
The puller can also be used to remove sealed bearings from blind
housings, after the seal has been removed
Suitability chart
The SKF TMMD 100 suits the following bearing series and sizes:
Bearing designation Shaft diameter

60006020 10100 mm (0.43.9 in.)
62006218 1090 mm (0.43.5 in.)
63006313 1065 mm (0.42.6 in.)
64036410 1750 mm (0.72.0 in.)
62/22, 62/28, 63/22, 63/28 22, 28, 22, 28 mm (0.9, 1.1, 0.9, 1.1 in.)
16002, 16003, 16011 15, 17, 55 mm (0.6, 0.7, 2.2 in.)
16100, 16101 10, 12 mm (0.4, 0.5 in.)
Bearing selection chart included The rubber cap allows easy and quick The springs enable easy insertion
attachment of the arms to the spindle. It also
prevents the puller arms from detaching from
the spindle during operation
29
Technical data SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit
Designation TMBP 20E

Kit contents 6 adapters sizes (2 pcs each), 2 main rods (with nut support rings and nuts)
4 extension rods, Spindle, Spindle nose piece, Beam
Effective arm length 147547 mm (5.821.5 in.)
Maximum pulling force 55 kN (6.2 US ton)
Carrying case dimensions 530 85 180 mm (20.9 3.4 7.0 in.)
Technical data SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit
Designation TMMD 100

Kit contents 3 puller arm A1135 mm (5.3 in.)
3 puller arm A2135 mm (5.3 in.)
2 spindle and nut, 1 handle
Effective arm length 135170 mm (5.35.7 in.)
30
Internal pullers
Fast and easy bearing dismounting from housings
SKF Internal Bearing Puller Kits TMIP series

The SKF TMIP kits are specially designed for dismounting bearings from
housings where the fit is on the outer ring.
The combination of unique spring-loaded extractors and an ergonomically
designed sliding hammer help enable a safe, fast and easy removal of the
bearing. Unlike other internal bearing pullers, the extractors can be correctly
positioned in just one quick action.
Unique design saves dismounting time

Easy removal of bearings from housings
Designed to suit a wide range of bearing bore diameters; the selection
of extractors is easy
Puller constructed for optimum strength and durability
Spring loaded extractors allow quick and easy fitting of the extractor
to the inner ring
Claw design provides a strong and secure grip behind the inner ring,
allowing a high puller force to be applied
Ergonomic sliding hammer enhances user safety
SKF design, patent pending
Technical data extractors

Extractor Bearing bore Maximum Space behind Housing
size diameter bearing width bearing depth
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
TMIP 728
TMIP E79 79 0.280.35 10 0.39 6 0.24 39 1.5
TMIP E1012 1012 0.390.47 11 0.43 6 0.24 45 1.8
TMIP E1517 1517 0.590.67 18 0.71 7,5 0.29 55 2.2
TMIP E2028 2028 0.791.1 24 0.94 10 0.4 60 2.4
TMIP 3060
TMIP E3040 3040 1.21.6 >35 1.38 11,5 0.45 97 3.8
TMIP E4560 4560 1.82.4 >64 2.52 15 0.6 102 4.0
Technical data
Designation TMIP 728 TMIP 3060

Bearing bore diameter 728 mm (0.281.1 in.) 3060 mm (1.22.4 in.)
Total sliding hammer length 412 mm (16.2 in.) 557 mm (21.9 in.)
Carrying case dimensions 530 85 180 mm (20.9 3.4 7.0 in.) 530 85 180 mm (20.9 3.4 7.0 in.)
Weight 3,1 kg (6.8 lb) 5,4 kg (11.9 lb)
31
Puller accessory selection guide
A range of accessories has been developed to further facilitate
the ease of use of the SKF puller range.
Puller series
TMMP series
Standard Heavy duty Standard jaw pullers
jaw pullers jaw pullers
TMMP series
22 Heavy duty jaw pullers
TMMR F series
Reversible jaw pullers
25
TMMA series
SKF EasyPull
20
TMHC 110E
Hydraulic Puller kit
TMHP 10E
Hydraulic Puller kit
TMBS E series
24, 26 Strong back pullers
TMHP series
Hydraulically - assisted
heavy duty jaw pullers
23
TMMD 100/TMBP 20E

28, 29 Blind housing puller kits
32
36 34 35
Puller Protection Blankets Force Generators Advanced Tri-section Pulling Plates

Designation TMMX series Hydraulic Spindle TMHS series TMMS series
TMMP 2x65
TMMP 2x170 TMMX 280
TMMP 3x185 TMMX 210* TMMS 50* TMMS 100
TMMP 3x230 TMMX 210 TMMX 280* TMMS 50* TMMS 100
TMMP 3x300 TMMX 280 TMMX 350* TMMS 50 TMMS 100* TMMS 160
TMMP 6 TMMX 210 TMMS 50*

TMMP 10 TMMX 280 TMMS 100*
TMMP 15 TMMX 280 TMMX 350 TMMS 100* TMMS 160*
TMMR 40F
TMMR 60F
TMMR 80F
TMMR 120F TMMX 210
TMMR 160F (XL) TMMX 210 TMMX 280
TMMR 200F (XL) TMMX 280*
TMMR 250F (XL) TMMX 350*
TMMR 350F (XL)
TMMA 60 TMMX 210* TMMX 280 TMMS 50*

TMMA 80 TMMX 210 TMMX 280* TMMX 350 TMHS 75 TMMS 50* TMMS 100*
TMMA 120 TMMX 280 TMMX 350* TMHS 100 TMMS 50 TMMS 100* TMMS 160*
TMMA 75H TMMX 210 TMMX 380* TMMX 350 TMHS 75 ** TMMS 50* TMMS 100*
TMMA 100H TMMX 280 TMMX 350* TMHS 100 ** TMMS 50 TMMS 100* TMMS 160*
TMMA 75H/SET TMMX 280 ** TMHS 75 ** TMMS 50* TMMS 100**
TMMA 100H/SET TMMX 350 ** TMHS 100 ** TMMS160 **
TMHC 110E TMMX 210 TMMX 280* TMMX 350 TMHS 100 **
TMHP 10E TMMX 210 TMMX 280* TMMX 350 TMHS 100 ** TMMS 50* TMMS 100* TMMS 160
TMBS 50E TMMX 210

TMBS 100E TMMX 210* TMMX 280 TMHS 100 **
TMBS 150E TMMX 280* TMMX 350 TMHS 100 **
TMHP 15/260 TMMS 160 TMMS 260

TMHP 30/170 TMMS 260* TMMS 380
TMHP 50/140 TMMS 260 TMMS 380*
TMHP 15/260X TMMS 160 TMMS 260
TMHP 30/170X TMMS 260* TMMS 380
TMHP 50/140X TMMS 260 TMMS 380*
TMMD 100 TMMX 210*

TMBP 20E TMMX 210 TMMX 280*
* recommended / ** accessory included with puller

33
Effortless withdrawal force generation
Advanced Hydraulic Spindles TMHS 75 and TMHS 100

The SKF TMHS 75 and TMHS 100 generate a high pulling force with very little
effort compared to the standard mechanical spindles. They significantly reduce
TMHS 75
the time needed to dismount a bearing or other component.
Integrated hydraulic cylinder, pump and spindle no separate pump

is required
Safety valve helps prevent overloading the spindle and the puller in
case excessive force is applied
Long stroke helps enable dismounting in one operation
Spring-loaded nosepiece centre point allows easy puller centring
minimising shaft centre point damage
Hand lever with ergonomic grip can be rotated 360
TMHS 100 Extension pieces included
TMHS 75:
Maximum withdrawal force of 75 kN (8.4 US ton)
Stroke length of 75 mm (3.0 in.)
Suitable for use with pullers with a 1 1/4-12 UN thread
TMHS 100:
Maximum withdrawal force of 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Stroke length of 80 mm (3.1 in.)
Suitable for use with pullers with a 1 1/2-16 UN thread
Technical data
Designation TMHS 75 TMHS 100
Contents 1 hydraulic spindle 1 hydraulic spindle
2 extension pieces; 3 extension pieces;
50 and 100 mm (2.0 and 3.9 in.) 50, 100 and 150 mm (2.0, 3.9 and 5.9 in.)
1 nosepiece 1 nosepiece
Maximum withdrawal force 75 kN (8.4 US ton) 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Piston stroke 75 mm (3.0 in.) 80 mm (3.1 in.)
Body thread 1 1/4-12 UN 1 1/2-16 UN
Nose piece diameter 30 mm (1.2 in.) 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Maximum reach 229 mm (9.0 in.) 390 mm (15.4 in.)
Weight 2,7 kg (6.0 lb) 4,5 kg (10.0 lb)
34
Efficient and correct dismounting
SKF Tri-section Pulling Plates TMMS series

The SKF TMMS series consists of five different sizes of tri-section
pulling plates suitable for shafts with diameters ranging from
50 to 380 mm (2 to 15 in.)
Suitable for use in combination with three-armed pullers
The plates grip behind the bearing inner ring, helping to ensure that
the pulling forces are only transmitted through the inner ring and not
through the outer ring or the rolling elements; thereby minimising the
risk of bearing damage
The tri-section construction allows an even dismounting force
distribution, preventing bearing locking and/or tilting on the shaft,
especially in the case of spherical roller and CARB toroidal roller
bearings
Special wedge shape design allows the plates to be easily inserted
between the bearing and the shoulder on the shaft
Dimensions
Designation d min d max A H
TMMS 50 12 0.5 50 2.0 2030 0.81.2 15 0.6
TMMS 100 26 1.0 100 3.9 3055 1.42.2 25 1.0 A
d max A
TMMS 160 50 2.0 160 6.3 4573 1.82.9 30 1.2
TMMS 260 90 3.6 260 10.2 70114 2.84.5 42 1.7 d min
TMMS 380 140 5.5 380 15.0 81142 3.25.6 58 2.3
35
For additional user safety during dismounting
SKF Puller Protection Blankets TMMX series

The SKF TMMX series are designed to offer additional user safety,
while dismounting bearings or other components
After the puller has been positioned, the blanket is simply wrapped
around the puller and application
The tough, transparent plastic allows the user to monitor the
component and the puller during operation
Especially designed to fit SKF TMMA series pullers, they are also
suitable for use in combination with many other pullers
Dimensions
Designation Recommended Length Width
maximum diameter
TMMX 210 210 8.3 750 29.5 420 16.5
TMMX 280 280 11.0 970 38.2 480 18.9
TMMX 350 350 13.8 1 200 47.2 580 22.8
SKF Anti-fretting Agent LGAF 3E

SKF LGAF 3E is a greasy, smooth paste to prevent fretting corrosion caused
by very slight oscillations or by vibrations, that can make dismounting much
more difficult.
Suitable for bearings and metal surfaces in loose fit arrangements,

such as vibrating screens, truck and car wheel bearings
Reduces fretting corrosion thereby enabling easier dismounting of
bearings
Assists with easier removal of general industrial components in a wide
range of applications such as nuts, bolts, flanges, studs, bearings,
guide pins, couplings, jack screws, lathe centres, push rods, and
spline shafts
Technical data
Designation LGAF 3E/0.5
Specific gravity 1,19
Colour Whitebeige
Base oil type Mineral and synthetic
Thickener Lithium soap
Operating temperature range 25 to +150 C (13 to +302 F)
Base oil viscosity: 40 C, mm/s 17,5
Available pack sizes 0,5 kg can
36
SKF Anti Corrosive Agent LHRP 2
SKF LHRP 2 provides excellent long-term corrosion protection to ferrous and
non-ferrous surfaces. When applied, it creates a stable rust protection film on
the surface of the metal.
Effective rust protection, even in high humidity environments

The thixotropic, non dripping, nature creates a stable protective film
The residual films can be easily cleaned by slight mechanical agitation
or heat
Does not adhere to most packaging papers
Most bearings do not need to be cleaned before applying SKF grease*
* Note: Film needs to be removed before applying SKF LGET 2 grease.
Technical data
Designation LHRP 2/5
Specific gravity 0,835
Colour Hazy brown
Base oil type Mineral
Flash point >62 C (>144 F)
Pour point <4 C (<39 F)
Available pack sizes 5 l can
Provides protection and excellent grip
SKF Special Working Gloves TMBA G11W

The SKF TMBA G11W gloves are designed for general-purpose industrial
maintenance work. The palms are coated with non-flammable dots
providing excellent grip.
Tear resistant
Flexible and comfortable
Lint free
Non allergenic
Tested and certified according
to EN 388 (mechanical risks)
Technical data
Designation TMBA G11W
Size 9
Colour White/blue
Pack size 1 pair
37
Heating tools
Magnetic temperature probe, on the inner ring,
Mounting helps prevent bearing overheating
Remote control makes the

heater easy and safe to use
Foldable bearing support arms allow

larger diameter bearings to be heated
Its a fact.
Incorrect mounting methods account for up to 16% of premature bearing failures
To reduce the risk of incorrect mounting, SKF helped As a result, by using an SKF induction heater, the total cost
pioneer the use of portable induction heaters for bearing of ownership is often significantly lower. Ergonomics and
mounting applications in the 1970s. Since that time, there safety are also an important consideration for operators.
have been many advances in technology and SKF has been SKF induction heaters are equipped with design features
at the forefront in developing safer, more efficient and that make them easy to use and safe. Bearing support
user-friendly bearing induction heaters. arms reduce the risk of the bearing toppling during
heating, and ergonomically designed yokes help reduce
SKF induction heaters are probably the best performing operator fatigue. In addition, the unique remote control
heaters available. Their unique design typically consumes enables the operator to control the heater at a safe
just 50% of the electrical power needed by most distance from the hot bearing, enhancing operator safety.
competitors bearing induction heaters to heat a bearing.
38
G
n A
n
B
n
C
n
Features and benefits
D
n
The comprehensive SKF induction header range can E
n
be used for efficiently heating bearings and workpieces,
both large and small. Their innovative design offers F
n
significant advantages to both owners and operators:
Advanced power electronics, with accurate electric current control, A

n Induction coil located outside the heaters housing enables
helps control the temperature rate increase a shorter heating time and lower energy consumption
Two step power setting option (50% / 100%), enables small bearings B
n Foldable bearing support arms allow larger diameter bearings
to be heated safely and at a lower power consumption to be heated, and reduce the risk of the bearing toppling
For heating components other than bearings, all heaters are equipped during heating
with a heating time mode n
C Magnetic temperature probe, combined with a temperature mode
Thermal overheating protection reduces the risk of damage to the pre-set at 110 C (230 F), helps prevent bearing overheating
induction coil and the electronics, enhancing reliability and safety D
n Unique SKF remote control, with operating display and control panel,
Automatic demagnetisation reduces the risk of ferrous debris makes the heater easy and safe to use
contamination after heating E
n Internal yoke storage, for smaller yoke(s), reduces the risk of yoke
Available in different voltage variants, to suit most operating voltages damage or loss
worldwide F
n Integrated carrying handles allow for easy movement of the heater
Supplied with heat-resistant gloves for improved operator safety in the workshop
Comprehensive 3 year warranty G
n Sliding or swivel arm allows for easy and quick bearing
replacement, reducing operator fatigue (not for TIH 030m)
Induction heating has many advantages over other bearing heating methods
The use of an open flame to heat a bearing is not only inefficient and Ovens and hot plates are often used for batch heating of small bearings
uncontrolled, but often leads to bearing damage. This method should and this is an acceptable technique. However, for larger bearings, the
not be used. use of ovens and hotplates is generally quite inefficient and time
consuming and can present the operator with significant handling
Oil baths are sometimes used to heat bearings. Oil baths often take hazards.
a long time to reach the required temperature and can be difficult
to control the actual bearing temperature. The energy consumption of Induction heaters are the modern, efficient and safe way to
an oil bath is also significantly greater than using an induction heater. heat bearings. In operation, they are generally faster, cleaner,
The risk of contaminating the bearing due to dirty oil is significant and more controllable, and easier to use than other heating methods.
can lead to premature bearing failure. Handling hot, oily and slippery
bearings present significant hazards to the operator and great care must
be taken to avoid potential injuries.
Open flame Oil baths Ovens SKF induction heaters
39
Induction heaters
TMBH 1 TIH 030m TIH 100m

Portable induction heater Small induction heater with a Medium induction heater with a
weighing only 4,5 kg 40 kg bearing heating capacity 120 kg bearing heating capacity
Portable, lightweight, high efficiency heater Compact lightweight design; just 21 kg Capable of heating a 97 kg (213 lb)
for bearings with an inner diameter ranging (46 lb), facilitating portability bearing in less than 20 minutes
from 20 to 100 mm (0.8 to 4 in.), and a Capable of heating a 28 kg (62 lb) Supplied standard with three yokes,
maximum weight of 5 kg (11 lb) bearing in just 20 minutes allowing bearings with a bore diameter
Equipped with temperature and time Supplied standard with three yokes, from 20 mm (0.8 in.) up to a maximum
control and automatic demagnetisation allowing bearings with a bore diameter from weight of 120 kg (264 lb) to be heated
Supplied in a carrying case 20 mm (0.8 in.) up to a maximum weight of Swivel arm for large size yoke
Wide operating voltage: 40 kg (90 lb) to be heated Available in two versions: 230 V/5060 Hz
100240 V/5060 Hz Available in two versions: 230 V/5060 Hz and 400460 V/5060 Hz
and 100110 V/5060 Hz
SKF induction heater range

d [mm] The comprehensive range of SKF induction
= m20 heaters is suitable for most bearing heating
applications. The chart gives general
800 information on choosing an induction
heater for bearing heating applications.*
TIH L series
600 The SKF m20 concept represents the

TIH 220m
weight (kg) of the heaviest SKF spherical
400 roller bearing of series 231 which can be
TIH 100m
300 heated from 20 to 110 C (68 to 230 F)
150 TIH 030m in 20 minutes. This defines the heaters
100 power output instead of its power
TMBH 1 consumption. Unlike other bearing heaters,
there is a clear indication on how long it
kg
5 30 40 100 120 220 300 1 200 takes to heat a bearing, rather than just
the maximum bearing weight possible.
* For heating components other than bearings, we strongly recommend that you contact SKF to help you select a suitable induction heater for your application.
40
TIH 220m TIH L series
Large induction heater with a 300 kg bearing Extra large induction heater with a 1 200 kg
heating capacity bearing heating capacity
Capable of heating a 220 kg (480 lb) bearing in just Using just 20 kVA of electrical power, the TIH L series can
20 minutes heat large bearings up to 1 200 kg (2 600 lb)
Supplied standard with two yokes, allowing bearings Bearings and work pieces can be heated vertically or horizontally
with a bore diameter from 60 mm (2.3 in.) up to a Compact design allows the TIH L series heaters to be easily
maximum weight of 300 kg (660 lb) to be heated transported by forklift
Sliding arm for large size yoke Available in two versions: 230 V/5060 Hz and
Available in two versions: 230 V/5060 Hz and 400460 V/5060 Hz
400460 V/5060 Hz Available with two different operating areas
Foldable bearing support arms
41
Technical data
Designation TMBH 1 TIH 030m TIH 100m TIH 220m TIH L44
TIH L77
Max. workpiece weight 5 kg (11 lb) 40 kg (88 lb) 120 kg (264 lb) 300 kg (662 lb) 1 200 kg (2 600 lb)
Bore diameter range 20100 mm 20300 mm 20400 mm 60600 mm 100800 mm
(0.84 in.) (0.811.8 in.) (0.815.7 in.) (2.323.6 in.) (3.931.5 in.)
Operating area (w h) 52 52 mm 100 135 mm 155 205 mm 250 255 mm TIH L44: 425 492 mm
(2 2 in.) (3.9 5.3 in.) (6.1 8 in.) (9.8 10 in.) (16.7 19.4 in.)
TIH L77: 725 792 mm
(28.4 31.2 in.)
Coil diameter N/A 95 mm (3.7 in.) 110 mm (4.3 in.) 140 mm (5.5 in.) 175 mm (6.8 in.)
Standard yokes (included) 20 mm (0.8 in.) 65 mm (2,6 in.) 80 mm (3.1 in.) 100 mm (3.9 in.) 150 mm (5.9 in.)
to suit bearing/workpiece 40 mm (1.6 in.) 40 mm (1.6 in.) 60 mm (2.3 in.)
minimum bore diameter 20 mm (0.8 in.) 20 mm (0.8 in.)
SKF m20* performance N/A 28 kg (61.7 lb) 97 kg (213 lb) 220 kg (480 lb) N/A
Max. power consumption 350 Watt 2,0 kVA 3,6 kVA (230 V) 10,011,5 kVA 2024 kVA
4,04,6 kVA (400460 V) (200240 V)
(400460 V)
Voltage**
100240 V/5060 Hz TMBH 1
100120 V/5060 Hz TIH 030m/110 V
200240 V/5060 Hz TIH 030m/230 V TIH 100m/230 V TIH 220m/LV TIH L../LV
400460 V/5060 Hz TIH 100m/MV TIH 220m/MV TIH L../MV
Temperature control 0 to 200 C 20 to 250 C 20 to 250 C 20 to 250 C 20 to 250 C
(32 to 392 F) (68 to 482 F) (68 to 482 F) (68 to 482 F) (68 to 482 F)
Time control (minutes) 060 060 060 060 0120
Demagnetisation N/A <2 A/cm <2 A/cm <2 A/cm <2A/cm
according
to SKF norms
Max. temperature 200 C (392 F) 400 C (750 F) 400 C (750 F) 400 C (750 F) 400 C (750 F)
Dimensions (w d h) 330 150 150 mm 460 200 260 mm 570 230 350 mm 750 290 440 mm TIH L44:
(13 5.9 5.9 in.) (18.1 7.9 10.2 in.) (22.4 9 13.7 in.) (29.5 11.4 17.3 in.) 1 200 600 850 mm
Clamp: (47.3 23.6 33.5 in.)
115 115 31 mm TIH L77:
(4.5 4.5 1.2 in.) 1 320 600 1 150 mm
(52 23.6 45.3 in.)
Total weight (incl. yokes) 4,5 kg (10 lb) 20,9 kg (46 lb) 42 kg (92 lb) 86 kg (189 lb) TIH L44: 324 kg (714 lb)
TIH L77: 415 kg (915 lb)
* SKF m20 performance represents the weight (kg) of the heaviest SKF spherical roller bearing of series 231, which can be heated from 20 to 110 C (68 to 230 F) in 20 minutes.
** Some special voltage versions are available for specific countries. For additional information, contact your SKF authorized distributor.
42
A unique and flexible heating solution for very large
bearings and workpieces
Multi-core induction heaters, TIH MC series

The SKF multi-core induction heaters are energy efficient, custom-made
heating solutions. Compared to other heating methods, they often can
significantly save heating time.
The TIH MC series are similar to the standard TIH range,

with a few key differences and additional features:
Flexible design, consisting of a number of induction heating cores

and coils controlled by a single control and power cabinet
Suitable for heating large thin section workpieces, such as slewing
rings and railway wheel tyres
Heating capacities of several tonnes are possible, depending on application
Enables a more even temperature gradient across the whole
circumference. This is especially important for components
sensitive to uneven induction heating
Unique design allows for custom-made solutions to be quickly
and economically produced
SKF can configure the type of TIH MC series heater required,
depending on the application. For additional information, contact
your SKF authorized distributor
Thermostat controlled bearing heating
SKF Electric Hot Plate 729659 C

The SKF 729659 C is a heating device especially designed for
pre-heating batches of small bearings prior to mounting.
The temperature of the plate can be adjusted to provide temperatures

between 50 and 200 C (120 and 390 F). The flat heating surface
ensures even bearing heating and the cover helps retain heat and keep
contaminants out.
Technical data
Designation 729659 C
729659 C/110V
Voltage 729659 C 230 V (50/60 Hz) Height of cover 50 mm (2 in.)
729659 C/110 V 115 V (50/60 Hz)
Overall dimensions 390 240 140 mm
Power 1 000 W (l w h) (15.4 9.5 5.5 in.)
Temperature range 50200 C (120390 F) Weight 4,7 kg (10 lb)
Plate dimensions (l w) 380 178 mm (15 7 in.)
43
Dismounting
SKFs range of heating equipment enables quick and safe dismounting of cylindrical roller bearing inner rings
and covers a wide range of applications. Aluminium heating rings TMBR series are designed for dismounting
inner rings of small and medium-size cylindrical roller bearings. Adjustable and fixed induction heaters
EAZ series are suitable for frequent dismounting of various sizes of cylindrical roller bearing inner rings.
For regular dismounting of cylindrical roller bearings
SKF Aluminium Heating Rings TMBR series

The aluminium heating rings are designed for dismounting inner rings
of cylindrical roller bearings.
They are available for all bearing sizes of the NU, NJ and NUP series.
These series are bearings without flanges or with only one flange on the
inner ring. The rings are available as standard for the following bearing
sizes: 204 to 252, 304 to 340, 406 to 430.
Simple and easy-to-use

Avoids shaft and bearing inner ring damage
Technical data
Designation TMBR Bearing designation; (e.g. TMBR NU216E)
Material Aluminium
Maximum temperature 300 C (572 F)
Cylindrical roller bearings are essential

machine components for applicaitons in
steel, railway and other industries. In many
cases cylindrical roller bearings experience
harsh operating conditions and need to be
replaced frequently. Fixed size EAZ heaters
and corresponding control cabinets are one
SKF dismounting solution that supports fast,
easy and safe dismountig of cylindrical roller
bearing inner rings and similar components.
Fixed size EAZ heaters are customised SKF Induction Heaters for dismounting cylindrical roller bearing inner rings. Please contact SKF to assist you in finding an EAZ heater that
suits your application. EAZ heaters are supplied without a control cabinet. SKF control cabinets are required to operate the fixed size EAZ heater and can be ordered separately.
44
Safe and easy bearing removal in just 3 minutes
SKF Fixed Induction Heater EAZ series

The fixed size EAZ induction heaters are designed to safely and easily dismount
cylindrical roller bearing inner rings, which are often mounted with a very tight
interference fit.
Heating the inner ring rapidly loosens the fit, as the shaft remains cool,
enabling the ring to be removed without causing damage to the shaft or inner
ring. With easy-to-use fixed size EAZ induction heaters, three minutes are
usually enough time to professionally dismount cylindrical roller bearing inner
rings or similar components.
Control cabinets from SKF provide the necessary power to run fixed size
EAZ heaters and are available with various voltages to operate EAZ heaters
in almost any country. Special versions of the control cabinets are available
that enable up to three EAZ heaters to be used simultaneously.
In light section mills, rod wire mills or railway applications, EAZ heaters can
often dismount cylindrical roller bearing inner rings with one or more rows
of rollers or multiple inner rings at the same time.
EAZ induction heaters can also be used to dismount non-bearing elements
like sleeves or rings.
Control cabinet
Examples of EAZ heater designations Voltage classification

Designation Inner ring dimension (mm)
F B d interference fit LV Low voltage 190 to 230 V
EAZ F179 179 168 145 p6 MV Medium voltage 400 to 480 V
EAZ F180 180 130 160 p6 HV High voltage 500 to 575 V
EAZ F202 202 168 180 p6 HVC High voltage, CSA ready 575 V
EAZ F222-1 222 170 200 p6 Add corresponding class as a suffix to the designation when ordering (e.g. EAZ F312MV).
EAZ F222 222 200 200 p6
EAZ F226 226 192 200 p6
EAZ F260 260 206 230 r6
Control cabinet versions
EAZ F312 312 220 280 r6
EAZ F332 332 300 300 r6 SS 1x fixed EAZ max. 250 A
EAZ F364 364 240 320 p6
SSD 2x fixed EAZ max. 350 A
SST 3x fixed EAZ
Add corresponding cabinet version to the designation when ordering (e.g. SSD C350B).
Control cabinet base voltage and frequency code

F d B
A 230 V 50 Hz
B 400 V 50 Hz
C 460 V 60 Hz
E 575 V 60 Hz
Please, add corresponding F dimension as a suffix to the designation when ordering Add corresponding control cabinet voltage and frequency code as a suffix to the
(e.g. EAZ F312MV). designation when ordering (e.g. SSD C350B).
45
For frequent dismounting of cylindrical roller bearings
SKF Adjustable Induction Heaters EAZ series

The SKF EAZ 80/130 and EAZ 130/170 are used for frequent dismounting of
cylindrical bearing inner rings. Where inner rings are removed infrequently,
aluminium heating rings, SKF TMBR series, are also available. For larger
cylindrical inner rings normally found in steel mill applications, SKF can supply
special EAZ induction heaters.
Covers most cylindrical bearings 65 to 130 mm (2.5 to 5.1 in.)

bore diameter
Wide range of power supplies
1 year warranty
Avoids shaft and bearing inner ring damage
Fast and reliable bearing removal
Up to n6 interference fit
Bearing selection chart (All Etypes bearings included)

Designation For bearings NJ-NUP
EAZ 80/130 213220 313319 412417 10141022 22132220 23132319
EAZ 130/170 222228 321324 419422 10241030 22222228 23222324
For bearings NU
EAZ 80/130 213221 313320 412418 10141022 22132220 23132320
EAZ 130/170 222228 321326 419424 10241030 22222228 23222326
Ordering designations
Designation Power supply Current Designation Power supply Current
EAZ 80/130A 2 230 V/50 Hz 40 A EAZ 130/170D 3 230 V/50 Hz 43 A
EAZ 80/130B 2 400 V/50 Hz 45 A EAZ 130/170E 3 400 V/50 Hz 35 A
EAZ 80/130C 2 460 V/60 Hz 25 A EAZ 130/170F 3 460 V/60 Hz 23 A
EAZ 80/130D 2 415 V/50 Hz 35 A EAZ 130/170G 3 420 V/60 Hz 30 A
EAZ 130/170A 2 230 V/50 Hz 60 A EAZ 130/170H 3 415 V/50 Hz 30 A
EAZ 130/170B 2 400 V/50 Hz 45 A
Dimensions
Designation EAZ 80/130 EAZ 130/170
Connection cable 5 m (16 ft) 5 m (16 ft)
b
Dimensions a 134 mm (5.3 in.) 180 mm (7.1 in.)
b 50 mm (2.0 in.) 50 mm (2.0 in.)
c 80 ... 132 mm (3.1... 5.2 in.) 130 ... 172 mm (5.1 ... 6.8 in.)
Weight 28 kg (62 lb) 35 kg (77 lb)
a c
46
Accessories
For safe handling of heated components up to 150 C (302 F)
SKF Heat Resistant Gloves TMBA G11

The SKF TMBA G11 are specially designed for the handling of heated bearings.
Technical data Lint free

Designation TMBA G11 Heat resistant up to 150 C (302 F)
Material Hytex Cut resistant
Inner lining Cotton Tested and certified for mechanical risks
Size 9 (EN 388) and thermal risks (EN 407)
Colour White
Maximum 150 C (302 F)
temperature
Pack size 1 pair
For safe handling of heated components up to 500 C (932 F)
SKF Extreme Temperature Gloves TMBA G11ET

The SKF TMBA G11ET are especially designed for the safe handling of
heated bearings or other components for prolonged periods.
Technical data
Designation TMBA G11ET Withstands extreme temperatures of up to Extremely tough Kevlar gloves with high cut,
Material Kevlar 500 C (932 F) unless in the presence of abrasion, puncture and tear resistance for
Inner lining Cotton hot liquid or steam increased safety
Size 10 (EN 420 size) Allows the safe handling of heated Lint free
Colour Yellow components Tested and certified for mechanical risks
Maximum 500 C (932 F) High-degree of non-flammability reduces (EN 388) and thermal risks (EN 407)
temperature
the risk of burning
Pack size 1 pair
For safe handling of oily and heated components up to 250 C (482 F)
SKF Heat and Oil Resistant Gloves TMBA G11H

The SKF TMBA G11H are specially designed for the handling of hot and
oily bearings.
Technical data
Designation TMBA G11H Offers a high degree of heat, cut, oil and Suitable for submerging in liquids with
Material Polyaramid water resistance a temperature up to 120 C (248 F)
Inner lining Nitrile Melt and burn resistant (e.g. hot oil bath)
Size 10 Maximum temperature: 250 C (482 F) Remains heat resistant when wet
Colour Blue Cut resistant Tested and certified for mechanical risks
Maximum 250 C (482 F) Lint free (EN 388) and thermal risks (EN 407)
temperature
Pack size 1 pair
47
Mounting and dismounting bearings
using hydraulic techniques
SKF invented hydraulic techniques for mounting bearings in the 1940s. Since
then, the SKF hydraulic methods have been further developed to become the
preferred mounting methods for larger bearings as well as other components.
These techniques have helped to simplify bearing arrangements and facilitate
correct and easy mounting. Using SKF hydraulic techniques for bearing
dismounting reduces the risk of damaging the bearing or its seating. Additionally,
greater withdrawal forces can be applied with less effort and maximum control,
allowing quick and safe dismounting.
With the SKF hydraulic mounting and dismounting techniques, you can achieve:
More control, allowing precision, accuracy and repeatability to be maintained

Minimum risk of damaging the bearings and shafts
Less manual effort
Greater operator safety
Makes bearing mounting an easy task
SKF Oil Injection Method

The SKF Oil Injection Method allows bearings and other components with an
interference fit to be fitted in a safe, controllable and rapid manner. The method
does not require keyways to be machined on the shaft, saving valuable time and
money in materials and production. Interference fits (also known as shrink fits)
have long been recognised for their reliability in transmitting large torsional
loads. Very often, interference fits offer the only solution when connecting hubs
to shafts with intermittent or fluctuating loads.
Easy, quick and effortless bearing dismounting

When using the SKF Oil Injection Method, the mating surfaces are When using the SKF Oil Injection Method to dismount bearings mounted
separated by a thin film of oil injected under high pressure, thereby on tapered seatings, the interference fit is completely overcome by the
virtually eliminating the friction between them. The method is versatile injected oil. The bearing is then ejected from the seating with great force,
as it can be used for dismounting bearings and other components making the use of a puller unnecessary. In this case, a stop-nut must be
mounted on either cylindrical or tapered seatings. When dismounting used to control the ejection of the bearing. The SKF Oil Injection Method,
bearings mounted on cylindrical seatings, the injected oil can reduce which is used for many bearing applications, can also be used in other
the required pulling forces by up to 90%. Subsequently, the physical applications, such as:
effort required when using a puller to remove the bearing from its
seating is significantly reduced. Couplings Propellers
Gear wheels Built-up crankshafts
Railway wheels
48
Mounting Dismounting
Tapered shafts Cylindrical shafts Tapered shafts
A
n A
n A
n
B
n B
n B
n
C
n C
n C
n
A The concept
n A The concept
n A The concept
n
Injecting oil between two tapered surfaces By injecting oil of a certain viscosity between Injecting the oil between two tapered
creates a thin oil film, which reduces the two shrink fitted surfaces, the mating surfaces will create a reaction force which
friction between them, thereby surfaces will become separated by a thin oil could be quite substantial as the oil will also
significantly reducing the mounting force film. The dismounting force required is thus act as a hydraulic cylinder which can push
required. The thin oil film also minimises greatly reduced. The thin oil film also the outer component off.
the risk of metallic contact when mounting, minimises the risk of metallic contact when
reducing the risk of component damage. dismounting, reducing the risk of component B The preparation
n
damage. During manufacture, the shafts are prepared
B The preparation
n with oil ducts and grooves. For technical
During manufacture, the shafts are B The preparation
n information on how to prepare the shafts,
prepared with oil ducts and grooves. For During manufacture, the shafts are prepared consult an SKF application engineer.
technical information on how to prepare with oil ducts and grooves. For technical
the shafts, consult an SKF application information on how to prepare the shafts, C The action
n
engineer. consult an SKF application engineer. Bearings are dismounted by injecting oil
between the mating surfaces and when
C The action
n C The action
n sufficient pressure is reached, the bearing
Bearings are mounted by pushing them Dismounting the bearing is made easier by will be pushed off. A nut is required to keep
up the shaft with the aid of an SKF HMV .. pumping oil under pressure between the the bearing from sliding off the shaft.
E nut. The force to mount the bearing is mating surfaces. Once the oil pressure has
reduced if oil is injected between the shaft built up, the component can be removed
and the bearing. This is often done with from the shaft with a minimum of effort.
larger size bearings.
49
SKF Drive-up Method
Accurate axial drive-up of spherical roller and
CARB toroidal roller bearings
The SKF Drive-up Method is a well-proven method, unique to SKF, of
accurately achieving the adjustment of spherical roller and CARB toroidal roller
bearings mounted on tapered seatings. The correct fit is achieved by controlling
the axial drive-up of the bearing from a predetermined position. The method
incorporates the use of an SKF HMV ..E hydraulic nut fitted with a dial indicator,
and a high accuracy digital pressure gauge, mounted on the selected pump.
Special hydraulic pressure tables have been developed, providing the required
pressures, for each bearing type. This enables accurate positioning of the
bearing at the starting point from where the axial drive-up is measured.
Reduces the use of feeler gauges

Greatly reduces the time to mount spherical roller and CARB toroidal
roller bearings
A reliable and accurate method of adjustment
The only suitable way to mount sealed spherical roller and
CARB bearings
Products for the SKF Drive-up Method

Designation Description
HMV ..E (e.g. HMV 54E) Metric thread hydraulic nut
HMVC ..E (e.g. HMVC 54E) Inch thread hydraulic nut
HMV ..E/A101 (e.g. HMV 54E/A101) Unthreaded hydraulic nut
729124 DU (for nuts HMV 54E) Pump with digital gauge (MPa/psi)
TMJL 100DU (for nuts HMV 92E) Pump with digital gauge (MPa/psi)
TMJL 50DU (all sizes HMV ..E nuts) Pump with digital gauge (MPa/psi)
THGD 100 Digital gauge only (MPa/psi)
TMCD 10R Horizontal dial indicator (010 mm)
TMCD 5P Vertical dial indicator (05 mm)
The SKF Drive-up Method
TMCD 1/2R Horizontal dial indicator (00.5 in.)
Technical data Hydraulic pumps

Designation 729124 DU TMJL 100DU TMJL 50DU
Max. pressure 100 MPa (14 500 psi) 100 MPa (14 500 psi) 50 MPa (7 250 psi)
Volume/stroke 0,5 cm (0.03 in.) 1,0 cm (0.06 in.) 3,5 cm (0.21 in.)
Oil container capacity 250 cm (15 in.) 800 cm (48 in.) 2 700 cm (165 in.)
Digital pressure MPa/psi MPa/psi MPa/psi
gauge unit
Note: All above pumps are supplied complete with digital pressure gauge, high pressure hose and quick connect coupling.
50
Step by step procedure
One sliding surface 1. Determine whether one or two surfaces slide during mounting;
see figures.
2. Lightly oil all mating surfaces with a thin oil, e.g. SKF LHMF 300,
and carefully place the bearing on the shaft.
3. Drive the bearing up to the starting position by applying the required
hydraulic nut pressure. Monitor the pressure using the gauge on the
selected pump. SKF Hydraulic Pump 729124 DU is suitable for SKF
Hydraulic Nuts HMV 54E. SKF TMJL 100DU is suitable for SKF
One sliding surface Hydraulic Nuts HMV 92E while SKF TMJL 50DU is suitable for nuts
HMV 200E. As an alternative, the digital pressure gauge THGD100
can be screwed directly into the hydraulic nut.
4. Drive the bearing up the taper by the required distance Ss.
The axial drive-up is best monitored by a dial indicator.
The SKF Hydraulic Nut HMV ..E is prepared for dial indicators.
Normally, the bearing is now mounted with a suitable interference
on the shaft and a suitable residual clearance.
Two sliding surfaces
The required hydraulic nut pressure and axial drive-up value, for many
operating conditions, can be found at skf.com/mount.
Two sliding surfaces

A3
A1 Zero position A1 A2
A2 Starting position Ss
A3 Final position S
Patent protected
For use with previous generation of SKF HMV(C) hydraulic nuts
SKF Hydraulic Nut Drive-up Adapter HMVA 42/200

The SKF Drive-up Method is the preferred method for mounting SKF spherical
roller and CARB toroidal roller bearings on tapered seatings. An adapter, used
in conjunction with an SKF Dial Indicator, the adapter allows the previous
generation of SKFHMV nuts to be used with the SKF Drive-up Method.
The adapter can be used with nuts from size SKF HMV(C) 42
to HMV(C) 200. The adapter is not required for the current
generation of SKF HMV(C) ..E nuts.
One adapter suits the previous generation nuts from
SKFHMV(C)42 up to 200
Rugged construction
Easy to attach to the SKF HMV nut using strong magnets
Used in conjunction with SKF dial indicators
51
Hydraulic nuts
Easy application of high drive-up forces
Hydraulic Nuts HMV ..E series

Mounting bearings on tapered seatings can be a difficult and time-consuming
job. Using an SKF Hydraulic Nut facilitates easy and quick application of the
high drive-up forces required for mounting bearings. Dismounting bearings
mounted on either adapter or withdrawal sleeves is also often a difficult and
time-consuming job. These problems can be reduced with the use of an SKF
Hydraulic Nut. Oil is pumped into the nut and the piston is pushed out with a
force, which is sufficient to free the sleeve. All SKF HMV ..E nuts are supplied
with a quick connection coupling to fit the SKF hydraulic pumps.
Wide size range, covering shaft diameters from 50 to 1 000 mm

as standard
Full range of inch threads available, series HMVC ..E from 1.967 up
to 37.410 in.
Quick connection coupling can be fitted on the face or side of the nut,
allowing the nut to be used in areas where space is limited
A spare set of piston seals and maintenance kit is supplied as standard
To assist nut threading, a tube of lubricant is supplied with all nuts of
size HMV(C) 54E and larger
To facilitate easy nut threading, all nuts from size HMV(C) 54E
are equipped with two tommy bars and four mating holes on
their front face
Nuts from size HMV(C) 94E are equipped with eyebolts, allowing
easy handling
Nuts from size HMV(C) 94E have the starting position of the thread
indicated, facilitating easy matching of thread positions on both the
nut and mating thread
Special threads and sizes available on request
Technical data HMV E series (metric)

Maximum working pressure of Designation HMV E
HMV(C)...E nuts Thread form
HMV 10E HMV 40E ISO 965 / 111-1980 tolerance class 6H
HMV 41E HMV 200E ISO 2901-1977 tolerance class 7H
HMV(C) 40E and smaller
60 MPa (8 700 psi) Mounting fluid LHMF 300
Recommended pumps
HMV(C) 40-60E
HMV 10E HMV 54E 729124 / TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
40 MPa (5 800 psi) HMV 56E HMV 92E TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
HMV(C) 60-100E HMV 94E HMV 200E 728619 E / TMJL 50
30 MPa (4 350 psi) Quick connection nipple 729832 A (included)
HMV(C) 100E and larger Other types available
25 MPa (3 600 psi) Inch series nuts HMVC E series

Nuts without threads HMV...E / A101
52
Mounting
HMV ..E nut for driving the HMV ..E nut screwed onto the HMV ..E nut for driving the HMV ..E nut and special stop
bearing onto a tapered seating. shaft for driving in a withdrawal bearing onto an adapter sleeve. nut for driving in a withdrawal
sleeve. sleeve.
Dismounting
HMV ..E nut and stop ring in HMV ..E nut used to free a
position to press an adapter withdrawal sleeve.
sleeve free.
Ordering details and dimensions HMV E series (metric)

Designation Permitted Piston Weight
piston area
displacement
G d1 d2 d3 B B1
thread mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
HMV 10E M501,5 50,5 104 114 38 4 5 2 900 2,70
A
HMV 11E M552 55,5 109 120 38 4 5 3 150 2,75
HMV 12E M602 60,5 115 125 38 5 5 3 300 2,80
HMV 13E M652 65,5 121 130 38 5 5 3 600 3,00
HMV 14E M702 70,5 127 135 38 5 5 3 800 3,20
HMV 15E M752 75,5 132 140 38 5 5 4 000 3,40
HMV 16E M802 80,5 137 146 38 5 5 4 200 3,70
HMV 17E M852 85,5 142 150 38 5 5 4 400 3,75
HMV 18E M902 90,5 147 156 38 5 5 4 700 4,00
HMV 19E M952 95,5 153 162 38 5 5 4 900 4,30 A
A-A
HMV 20E M1002 100,5 158 166 38 6 5 5 100 4,40
HMV 21E M1052 105,5 163 172 38 6 5 5 300 4,65 B B1
HMV 22E M1102 110,5 169 178 38 6 5 5 600 4,95
G1/4
HMV 23E M1152 115,5 174 182 38 6 5 5 800 5,00
HMV 24E M1202 120,5 179 188 38 6 5 6 000 5,25
HMV 25E M1252 125,5 184 192 38 6 5 6 200 5,35
HMV 26E M1302 130,5 190 198 38 6 5 6 400 5,65
HMV 27E M1352 135,5 195 204 38 6 5 6 600 5,90
d3 G d1 d2
HMV 28E M1402 140,5 200 208 38 7 5 6 800 6,00
HMV 29E M1452 145,5 206 214 39 7 5 7 300 6,50
HMV 30E M1502 150,5 211 220 39 7 5 7 500 6,60
HMV 31E M1553 155,5 218 226 39 7 5 8 100 6,95
HMV 32E M1603 160,5 224 232 40 7 6 8 600 7,60 G1/4
HMV 33E M1653 165,5 229 238 40 7 6 8 900 7,90
53
Ordering details and dimensions HMV E series (metric)
Designation Permitted Piston Weight
piston area
displacement
G d1 d2 d3 B B1
thread mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
HMV 34E M1703 170,5 235 244 41 7 6 9 400 8,40
A
HMV 36E M1803 180,5 247 256 41 7 6 10 300 9,15
HMV 38E M1903 191 259 270 42 8 7 11 500 10,5
HMV 40E M2003 201 271 282 43 8 8 12 500 11,5
HMV 41E Tr2054 207 276 288 43 8 8 12 800 12,0
HMV 42E Tr2104 212 282 294 44 8 9 13 400 12,5
HMV 43E Tr2154 217 287 300 44 8 9 13 700 13,0
HMV 44E Tr2204 222 293 306 44 8 9 14 400 13,5
HMV 45E Tr2254 227 300 312 45 8 9 15 200 14,5
HMV 46E Tr2304 232 305 318 45 8 9 15 500 14,5 A
HMV 47E Tr2354 237 311 326 46 8 10 16 200 16,0 A-A
HMV 48E Tr2404 242 316 330 46 9 10 16 500 16,0 B B1

HMV 50E Tr2504 252 329 342 46 9 10 17 600 17,5
G 1/4
HMV 52E Tr2604 262 341 356 47 9 11 18 800 19,0
HMV 54E Tr2704 272 352 368 48 9 12 19 800 20,5
HMV 56E Tr2804 282 363 380 49 9 12 21 100 22,0
HMV 58E Tr2904 292 375 390 49 9 13 22 400 22,5
HMV 60E Tr3004 302 386 404 51 10 14 23 600 25,5
HMV 62E Tr3105 312 397 416 52 10 14 24 900 27,0 d3 G d1 d2
HMV 64E Tr3205 322 409 428 53 10 14 26 300 29,5
HMV 66E Tr3305 332 419 438 53 10 14 27 000 30,0
HMV 68E Tr3405 342 430 450 54 10 14 28 400 31,5
HMV 69E Tr3455 347 436 456 54 10 14 29 400 32,5 G 1/4
HMV 70E Tr3505 352 442 464 56 10 14 29 900 35,0
HMV 72E Tr3605 362 455 472 56 10 15 31 300 35,5
HMV 73E Tr3655 367 460 482 57 11 15 31 700 38,5
HMV 74E Tr3705 372 466 486 57 11 16 32 800 39,0
HMV 76E Tr3805 382 476 498 58 11 16 33 500 40,5
HMV 77E Tr3855 387 483 504 58 11 16 34 700 41,0
HMV 80E Tr4005 402 499 522 60 11 17 36 700 45,5
HMV 82E Tr4105 412 510 534 61 11 17 38 300 48,0
HMV 84E Tr4205 422 522 546 61 11 17 40 000 50,0
HMV 86E Tr4305 432 532 556 62 11 17 40 800 52,5
HMV 88E Tr4405 442 543 566 62 12 17 42 500 54,0
HMV 90E Tr4505 452 554 580 64 12 17 44 100 57,5
HMV 92E Tr4605 462 565 590 64 12 17 45 100 60,0
HMV 94E Tr4705 472 576 602 65 12 18 46 900 62,0
HMV 96E Tr4805 482 587 612 65 12 19 48 600 63,0
HMV 98E Tr4905 492 597 624 66 12 19 49 500 66,0
HMV 100E Tr5005 502 609 636 67 12 19 51 500 70,0
HMV 102E Tr5106 512 624 648 68 12 20 53 300 74,0
HMV 104E Tr5206 522 634 658 68 13 20 54 300 75,0
HMV 106E Tr5306 532 645 670 69 13 21 56 200 79,0
HMV 108E Tr5406 542 657 682 69 13 21 58 200 81,0
HMV 110E Tr5506 552 667 693 70 13 21 59 200 84,0
HMV 112E Tr5606 562 678 704 71 13 22 61 200 88,0
HMV 114E Tr5706 572 689 716 72 13 23 63 200 91,0
HMV 116E Tr5806 582 699 726 72 13 23 64 200 94,0
HMV 120E Tr6006 602 721 748 73 13 23 67 300 100
HMV 126E Tr6306 632 754 782 74 14 23 72 900 110
HMV 130E Tr6506 652 775 804 75 14 23 76 200 115
HMV 134E Tr6706 672 796 826 76 14 24 79 500 120
HMV 138E Tr6906 692 819 848 77 14 25 84 200 127
HMV 142E Tr7107 712 840 870 78 15 25 87 700 135
HMV 150E Tr7507 752 883 912 79 15 25 95 200 146
HMV 160E Tr8007 802 936 965 80 16 25 103 900 161
HMV 170E Tr8507 852 990 1 020 83 16 26 114 600 181
HMV 180E Tr9007 902 1 043 1 075 86 17 30 124 100 205
HMV 190E Tr9508 952 1 097 1 126 86 17 30 135 700 218
HMV 200E Tr10008 1 002 1 150 1 180 88 17 34 145 800 239
54
Technical data HMVC E series (inch)
Designation HMVC E
Thread form
HMVC 10E HMVC 64E American National Form Threads Class 3
HMVC 68E HMVC 190E ACME General Purpose Threads Class 3 G
Mounting fluid LHMF 300
Recommended pumps
HMVC 10E HMVC 52E 729124 / TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
HMVC 56E HMVC 92E TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
HMVC 94E HMVC 190E 728619 E / TMJL 50
Quick connection nipple 729832 A (included)
Other types available
Inch series nuts HMVC E series
Nuts without threads HMV...E/A101
Ordering details and dimensions HMVC E series (inch)

Designation Pitch Threads Permitted Piston Weight
diameter piston area
displacement
G d1 d2 d3 B B1
in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. lb
HMVC 10E 1.967 1.9309 18 2.0 4.1 4.5 1.5 0.16 0.20 4.5 6.0
B B1
HMVC 11E 2.157 2.1209 18 2.2 4.3 4.7 1.5 0.16 0.20 4.9 6.1
HMVC 12E 2.360 2.3239 18 2.4 4.5 4.9 1.5 0.20 0.20 5.1 6.2 G 1/4
HMVC 13E 2.548 2.5119 18 2.6 4.8 5.1 1.5 0.20 0.20 5.6 6.6
HMVC 14E 2.751 2.7149 18 2.8 5.0 5.3 1.5 0.20 0.20 5.9 7.1
HMVC 15E 2.933 2.8789 12 3.0 5.2 5.5 1.5 0.20 0.20 6.2 7.5
HMVC 16E 3.137 3.0829 12 3.2 5.4 5.7 1.5 0.20 0.20 6.5 8.2
HMVC 17E 3.340 3.2859 12 3.4 5.6 5.9 1.5 0.20 0.20 6.8 8.3 d1 d2
d3 G
HMVC 18E 3.527 3.4729 12 3.6 5.8 6.1 1.5 0.20 0.20 7.3 8.8
HMVC 19E 3.730 3.6759 12 3.8 6.0 6.4 1.5 0.20 0.20 7.6 9.5
HMVC 20E 3.918 3.8639 12 4.0 6.2 6.5 1.5 0.24 0.20 7.9 9.7
HMVC 21E 4.122 4.0679 12 4.2 6.4 6.8 1.5 0.24 0.20 8.2 10.3
G 1/4
HMVC 22E 4.325 4.2709 12 4.4 6.7 7.0 1.5 0.24 0.20 8.7 10.9
HMVC 24E 4.716 4.6619 12 4.7 7.0 7.4 1.5 0.24 0.20 9.3 11.6
HMVC 26E 5.106 5.0519 12 5.1 7.5 7.8 1.5 0.24 0.20 9.9 12.5
HMVC 28E 5.497 5.4429 12 5.5 7.9 8.2 1.5 0.28 0.20 10.5 13.2
HMVC 30E 5.888 5.8339 12 5.9 8.3 8.7 1.5 0.28 0.20 11.6 14.6
HMVC 32E 6.284 6.2028 8 6.3 8.8 9.1 1.6 0.28 0.24 13.3 16.8
HMVC 34E 6.659 6.5778 8 6.7 9.3 9.6 1.6 0.28 0.24 14.6 18.5
HMVC 36E 7.066 6.9848 8 7.1 9.7 10.1 1.6 0.28 0.24 16.0 20.2
HMVC 38E 7.472 7.3908 8 7.5 10.2 10.6 1.7 0.31 0.28 17.8 23.1
HMVC 40E 7.847 7.7658 8 7.9 10.7 11.1 1.7 0.31 0.31 19.4 25.4
HMVC 44E 8.628 8.5468 8 8.7 11.5 12.0 1.7 0.31 0.35 22.3 29.8
HMVC 46E 9.125 9.0440 8 9.1 12.0 12.5 1.8 0.31 0.35 24.0 31.9
HMVC 48E 9.442 9.3337 6 9.5 12.4 13.0 1.8 0.35 0.39 25.6 35.3
HMVC 52E 10.192 10.0837 6 10.3 13.4 14.0 1.9 0.35 0.43 29.1 41.9
HMVC 54E 10.604 10.4960 6 10.7 13.9 14.5 1.9 0.35 0.47 30.7 45.2
HMVC 56E 11.004 10.8957 6 11.1 14.3 15.0 1.9 0.35 0.47 32.7 48.5
HMVC 60E 11.785 11.6767 6 11.9 15.2 15.9 2.0 0.39 0.55 36.6 56.2
HMVC 64E 12.562 12.4537 6 12.7 16.1 16.9 2.1 0.39 0.55 40.8 65.0
HMVC 68E 13.339 13.2190 5 13.5 16.9 17.7 2.1 0.39 0.55 44.0 69.4
HMVC 72E 14.170 14.0500 5 14.3 17.9 18.6 2.2 0.39 0.59 48.5 78.3
HMVC 76E 14.957 14.8370 5 15.0 18.7 19.6 2.3 0.43 0.63 51.9 89.3
HMVC 80E 15.745 15.6250 5 15.8 19.6 20.6 2.4 0.43 0.67 56.9 100
HMVC 84E 16.532 16.4120 5 16.6 20.6 21.5 2.4 0.43 0.67 62.0 110
HMVC 88E 17.319 17.1990 5 17.4 21.4 22.3 2.4 0.47 0.67 65.9 119
HMVC 92E 18.107 17.9870 5 18.2 22.2 23.3 2.5 0.47 0.67 69.9 132
HMVC 96E 18.894 18.7740 5 19.0 23.1 24.1 2.6 0.47 0.75 75.3 139
HMVC 100E 19.682 19.5620 5 19.8 24.0 25.0 2.6 0.47 0.75 79.8 154
55
Ordering details and dimensions HMVC E series (inch)
Designation Pitch Threads Permitted Piston Weight
diameter piston area
displacement
G d1 d2 d3 B B1
in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. lb
HMVC 106E 20.867 20.7220 4 20.9 25.4 26.4 2.7 0.51 0.83 87.1 174 B B1
HMVC 112E 22.048 21.9030 4 22.1 26.7 27.7 2.8 0.51 0.87 94.9 194
G 1/4
HMVC 120E 23.623 23.4780 4 23.7 28.4 29.4 2.9 0.51 0.91 104.3 220
HMVC 126E 24.804 24.6590 4 24.9 29.7 30.8 2.9 0.55 0.91 113.0 243
HMVC 134E 26.379 26.2340 4 26.5 31.3 32.5 3.0 0.55 0.94 123.2 265
HMVC 142E 27.961 27.7740 3 28.0 33.1 34.3 3.1 0.59 0.98 135.9 298
HMVC 150E 29.536 29.3490 3 29.6 34.8 35.9 3.1 0.59 0.98 147.6 322 d3 G d1 d2
HMVC 160E 31.504 31.3170 3 31.6 36.9 38.0 3.1 0.63 0.98 161.0 355
HMVC 170E 33.473 33.2860 3 33.5 39.0 40.2 3.3 0.63 1.02 177.6 399
HMVC 180E 35.441 35.2540 3 35.5 41.1 42.3 3.4 0.67 1.18 192.4 452
HMVC 190E 37.410 37.2230 3 37.5 43.2 44.3 3.4 0.67 1.18 210.3 481 G 1/4
Technical data HMV E/A101 series (unthreaded)

Designation HMV E/A101
Mounting fluid LHMF 300
Recommended pumps
HMV 10E/A101 HMV 52E/A101 729124 / TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
HMV 54E/A101 HMV 92E/A101 TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
HMV 94E/A101 HMV 200E/A101 728619 E/ TMJL 50
Quick connection nipple 729832 A (included)
Ordering details and dimensions HMV E/A101 series (unthreaded)

Designation Bore diameter Designation Bore diameter Designation Bore diameter
G G G
HMV 10E/A101 46,7 1.84 HMV 41E/A101 200,2 7.88 HMV 86E/A101 424,7 16.72
A
HMV 19E/A101 91,1 3.59 HMV 52E/A101 255,2 10.05 HMV 104E/A101 513,7 20.22 A
A-A
B B1
HMV 22E/A101 106,1 4.18 HMV 58E/A101 285,2 11.23 HMV 110E/A101 543,7 21.41 G 1/4
HMV 27E/A101 131,1 5.16 HMV 68E/A101 334,7 13.18 HMV 126E/A101 623,7 24.56 d1 d2
d3 G
G 1/4
56
Hydraulic pump and oil injector selection guide
Max. working Oil container Connection
pressure Pump Type capacity nipple Application examples
30 MPa (4 350 psi) THAP 030E Air-driven pump Separate container G 3/4 SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chamber
50 MPa (7 250 psi) TMJL 50 Hand operated pump 2 700 cm3 (165 in.3) G 1/4 All HMV ..E (dismounting with sleeves only)
SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chamber
100 MPa (14 500 psi) 729124 Hand operated pump 250 cm3 (15 in.3) G 1/4 HMV 54E (dismounting with sleeves only)
Oil injection for small bearings
TMJL 100 Hand operated pump 800 cm3 (48 in.3) G 1/4 HMV 92E (dismounting with sleeves only)
Oil injection for medium bearings
150 MPa (21 750 psi) THAP 150E Air-driven pump Separate container G 3/4 Bolt tensioners, propellers
Oil injection for large bearing seatings
728619 E Hand operated pump 2 550 cm3 (155 in.3) G 1/4 All HMV ..E nuts (dismounting with sleeves only)
Oil injection for bearing seatings
300 MPa (43 500 psi) THAP 300E Air-driven oil injector Separate container G 3/4 OK Couplings
Large pressure joints
226400 E Hand operated 200 cm3 (12.2 in.3) G 3/4 OK Couplings
oil injector Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Pressure joints
729101/ Oil injection kit 200 cm3 (12.2 in.3) Several OK Couplings
300MPA Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Pressure joints
Complete kit / set suitable for many applications
THKI 300 Oil injection set 200 cm3 (12.2 in.3) Several Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Pressure joints
400 MPa (58 000 psi) THAP 400E Air-driven oil injector Separate container G 3/4 OK Couplings
Large pressure joints
226400 E/400 Hand operated 200 cm3 (12.2 in.3) G 3/4 OK Couplings
oil injector Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Pressure joints
729101/ Oil injection kit 200 cm3 (12.2 in.3) Several OK Couplings
400MPA Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Pressure joints
THKI 400 Oil injection set 200 cm3 (12.2 in.3) Several Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Pressure joints
* The interference t and application size may mean that a pump / injector with a higher pressure and/or container volume is required.
TMJL 50 729124 TMJL 100 728619 E
58 58 59 59
226400 E series 729101 series THKI series THAP E series
60 61 61 62
57
Hydraulic pumps
50 MPa (7 250 psi) 100 MPa (14 500 psi)
SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 50 SKF Hydraulic Pump 729124

The SKF TMJL 50 is mainly intended for larger SKF The SKF 729124 is mainly intended for SKF Hydraulic
Hydraulic Nuts and SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chambers, Nuts ( HMV 54E) to mount bearings or components
but is also suitable for applications where a maximum where a maximum pressure of 100 MPa (14 500 psi)
pressure of 50 MPa (7 250 psi) is required. is required.
Large oil container capacity 2 700 cm (165 in.) Oil container capacity 250 cm (15 in.)
Over pressure valve and connection port for a pressure gauge Fitted with a pressure gauge
Packed in a sturdy protective case Packed in a sturdy protective case
Applications Applications
SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chambers SKF Hydraulic Nuts HMV 54E
All sizes SKF Hydraulic Nuts All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure
All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure is 100 MPa (14 500 psi)
is 50 MPa (7 250 psi) For applications where space does not permit the use of a quick
connect coupling and nipple, such as AOH sleeves, a special pump
design is available (SKF 729124 A)
Technical data
Designation TMJL 50 729124 TMJL 100 728619 E
Maximum pressure 50 MPa (7 250 psi) 100 MPa (14 500 psi) 100 MPa (14 500 psi) 150 MPa (21 750 psi)
Oil container capacity 2 700 cm (165 in.) 250 cm (15 in.) 800 cm (48 in.) 2 550 cm (155 in.)
Volume/stroke 3,5 cm (0.21 in.) 0,5 cm (0.03 in.) 1,0 cm (0.06 in.) 1st stage: 20 cm below 2,5 MPa
(1.2 in. below 362 psi)
2nd stage: 1 cm above 2,5 MPa
(0.06 in. above 362 psi)
Length of pressure hose fitted 3 000 mm (118 in.) 1 500 mm (59 in.) 3 000 mm (118 in.) 3 000 mm (118 in.)
with quick connection coupling
Connection nipple (included) G 1/4 quick connection G 1/4 quick connection G 1/4 quick connection G 1/4 quick connection
Weight 12 kg (26 lb) 3,5 kg (8 lb) 13 kg (29 lb) 11,4 kg (25 lb)
All SKF Hydraulic Pumps are filled with SKF Mounting Fluid and are supplied with an extra litre of fluid.
58
Large oil container 100 MPa (14 500 psi) 150 MPa (21 750 psi)
SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 100 SKF Hydraulic Pump 728619 E

The SKF TMJL 100 pump is mainly intended for use The SKF 728619 E is a two-stage pump suitable for
with hydraulic nuts ( HMV 92E) to mount bearings or use with SKF Supergrip Bolts and to mount bearings
components where a maximum pressure of 100 MPa or components where a maximum pressure of 150 MPa
(14 500 psi) is required. (21 750 psi) is required.
Oil container capacity 800 cm (48 in.) Oil container capacity 2 550 cm (155 in.)
Fitted with a pressure gauge Two stage pressure pumping
Packed in a sturdy protective case Fitted with a pressure gauge
Packed in a sturdy protective case
Applications
SKF Hydraulic Nuts HMV 92E Applications
All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure SKF Supergrip Bolts
is 100 MPa (14 500 psi) All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure
Suitable with SKF Hydraulic Assisted Pullers TMHP series is 150 MPa (21 750 psi)
All sizes SKF Hydraulic Nuts
SKF Mounting Fluid LHMF 300 and

SKF Dismounting Fluid LHDF 900
SKF mounting and dismounting fluids are suitable for use with
SKF hydraulic equipment, including hydraulic pumps, HMV ..E nuts
and oil injection tools in mounting and dismounting jobs. All SKF
Hydraulic Pumps are filled with SKF Mounting Fluid LHMF 300 and
are supplied with an extra litre of fluid.
LHMF 300 LHDF 900
For more information, see page 69
59
Oil Injectors
To enable the SKF Oil Injection Method to be used, a range of oil
injectors, kits and sets are available. Depending on the model chosen,
working pressures up to 400 MPa (58 000 psi) can be achieved.
In addition, a comprehensive range of high pressure accessories such
as pipes, connection nipples, extension pipes and plugs permit the
use of SKF Oil Injectors for many different applications.
300 and 400 MPa (43 500 and 58 000 psi)
SKF Oil Injector 226400 E series

The 226400 E series is suitable for many applications
using the SKF Oil Injection Method. The injector is supplied
with an oil reservoir in a compact carrying case.
The injector can be mounted directly onto the work piece or connected
to an adapter block to make a floor standing model, making it easy to
connect pressure gauges and high-pressure pipes. For applications where
400 MPa (58 000 psi) is required, the SKF 226400 E/400 is available.
Easy to operate.
Compact carrying case.
When the pressure is released, the unused oil is automatically returned
to the reservoir, minimizing the risk of oil leakage to the environment.
Oil container capacity 200 cm (12.2 in.).
Can be used with a wide range of accessories, such as:
Adapter block
Pressure gauges
High pressure pipes
Connecting nipples
Technical data
Designation 226400 E 226400 E/400 THKI 300 THKI 400
729101/300MPA 729101/400MPA
Maximum pressure 300 MPa 400 MPa 300 MPa 400 MPa
(43 500 psi) (58 000 psi) (43 500 psi) (58 000 psi)
Volume per stroke 0,23 cm 0,23 cm 0,23 cm 0,23 cm
(0.014 in.) (0.014 in.) (0.014 in) (0.014 in)
Oil reservoir capacity 200 cm 200 cm 200 cm 200 cm
(12.2 in.) (12.2 in.) (12.2 in) (12.2 in)
Connecting threads G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4
60
300 and 400 MPa (43 500 and 58 000 psi) 300 and 400 MPa (43 500 and 58 000 psi)
SKF Oil Injection Kits 729101 series SKF Oil Injection Set THKI series
The 729101 series of SKF Oil Injection Kits are suitable The SKF THKI series is used for the mounting and
for many applications using the SKF Oil Injection Method. dismounting of pressure joints of all sizes and applications
Each kit contains an SKF Oil Injector complete with a high such as rolling bearings, couplings, gears, flywheels
pressure pipe, pressure gauge, adapter block and a range and railway wheels. The set consists of a stand-mounted
of connection nipples. oil injector complete with a high pressure pipe, pressure
gauge and a range of connection nipples.
Injector can be used directly on the application or by connecting
to the accessories provided Designed to be especially suitable for workshop use.
All items packed in a sturdy, compact carrying case especially When the pressure is released, the unused oil is automatically
suitable for field use returned to the reservoir, minimizing the risk of oil leakage to
When the pressure is released, the unused oil is automatically the environment.
returned to the reservoir, minimizing the risk of oil leakage to Oil container capacity 200 cm (12.2 in.).
the environment Can be used for applications requiring a maximum pressure
Oil container capacity 200 cm (12.2 in.). of up to 400 MPa (58 000 psi).
Contents list
Designation 729101/300MPA 729101/400MPA THKI 300 THKI 400
Oil injector 226400 E 226400 E/400 1077589 1077589/3
Adapter block 226402 226402 227957 A 227957 A/400 MP
Pressure gauge 1077589 1077589/3 1077589 1077589/3
High pressure pipe (G 3/4 1/4) 227957 A 227957 A/400 MP 227957 A 227957 A/400 MP
Connection nipple (G 1/4 1/8) 1014357 A 1014357 A
Connection nipple (G 1/4 1/2) 1016402E 1016402E 1016402E 1016402E
Connection nipple (G 1/4 3/4) 228027E 228027E 228027E 228027E
Mounting fluid LHMF 300/1 LHMF 300/1
Carrying case Yes Yes Yes Yes
61
Air-driven hydraulic pumps and injectors
30, 150, 300 and 400 MPa (4 350, 21 750, 43 500 and 58 000 psi)
SKF Air-driven Hydraulic Pumps and Oil Injectors, THAP E series

The THAP E air-driven hydraulic pumps and oil injectors are available in four different
pressure versions. They can be used for mounting OK Couplings, large pressure joints
such as bearings, flywheels, couplings and railway wheels. The THAP E unit consists
of a hydraulic pump or high pressure oil injector, driven by an air motor.
The units are supplied in a sturdy case including oil suction and return
hoses with quick connect couplings. The units can also be supplied in
complete sets, consisting of a THAP E and such accessories as a pressure
gauge, high pressure pipe or pressure hose.
Time savings compared to hand operated pumps and oil injectors

Portable
Continuous supply of oil
Sturdy storage boxes
Low, medium and high pressure units
Applications
SKF OK Couplings
Mounting bearings
Mounting ship propellers, rudder pintles,
railway wheels and other similar applications
THAP E SET
THAP E
Technical data
Designation THAP 030E THAP 150E THAP 300E THAP 400E
Nominal hydraulic pressure 30 MPa (4 350 psi) 150 MPa (21 750 psi) 300 MPa (43 500 psi) 400 MPa (58 000 psi)
Maximum air pressure 7 bar (101.5 psi) 7 bar (101.5 psi) 7 bar (101.5 psi) 7 bar (101.5 psi)
Volume/stroke 10 cm (0.61 in.) 1,92 cm (0.12 in.) 0,83 cm (0.05 in.) 0,64 cm (0.039 in.)
Oil outlet G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4
Length 350 mm (13.9 in.) 350 mm (13.9 in.) 405 mm (16 in.) 405 mm (16 in.)
Height 202 mm (8 in.) 202 mm (8 in.) 202 mm (8 in.) 202 mm (8 in.)
Width 171 mm (6.7 in.) 171 mm (6.7 in.) 171 mm (6.7 in.) 171 mm (6.7 in.)
Weight 11,5 kg (25.3 lb) 11,5 kg (25.3 lb) 13 kg (28.6 lb) 13 kg (28.6 lb)
Also available as complete set in carrying case

THAP 030E/SET Consisting of pump, high pressure hose and connecting nipples.
THAP 150E/SET Consisting of pump, pressure gauge, high pressure hose and connecting nipples.
THAP 300E/SET Consisting of oil injector, pressure gauge and high pressure pipe.
THAP 400E/SET Consisting of oil injector, pressure gauge and high pressure pipe.
62
100 to 400 MPa (14 500 to 58 000 psi)
SKF Pressure Gauges

SKF Pressure Gauges are designed to fit SKF Hydraulic Pumps and SKF Oil
Injectors. The gauges are all liquid filled and/or equipped with a restriction
screw in order to absorb any sudden pressure drop thereby preventing
damage. Safety glass and blowout discs are standard for all gauges and all
have dual scales (MPa/psi).
Covers pressures of 100 to 400 MPa (14 500 to 58 000 psi)

Protection against sudden pressure drops
Safety glass and blow out discs on all gauges
Stainless steel case
Dual scales MPa/psi
Easy to read, high visibility yellow gauge faces
The Digital oil pressure gauge, THGD 100,
is used to accurately measure the hydraulic
pressure when mounting bearings using the
SKF Drive-up Method.
1077587 1077589 1077589/3 1077587/2
Technical data
Designation Pressure range Diameter (H) Connection Weight Accuracy
thread
MPa psi mm in. kg lb % of full scale
1077587 0100 014 500 100 3.94 G 1/2 0,80 1.8 1
H
1077587/2 0100 014 500 63 2.48 G 1/4 0,25 0.6 1,6
THGD 100* 0100 015 000 79 3.10 G 1/4 0,54 1.2 0,1
1077589 0300 043 500 100 3.94 G 1/2 0,80 1.8 1
1077589/3 0400 058 000 100 3.94 G 1/2 0,80 1.8 1
G
* Digital pressure gauge
63
Accessories
Maximum working pressure 300 MPa (43 500 psi)
SKF High-pressure Pipes

The range of SKF High-pressure Pipes covers most applications where there is
a requirement to transfer oil at high pressure. They consist of a steel pipe with
a steel ball fitted to both ends. Two swivelling connection nipples press these
balls against the seating of the connecting hole and seal against oil leakage.
Wide range of pipes

All pipes are pressure tested to 100 MPa (14 500 psi) over
recommended working pressure
Special lengths up to 4 000 mm (157 in.) and variants can
be made on request
Technical data
Dw1
Maximum working pressure 300 MPa (43 500 psi)
Test pressure 400 MPa (58 000 psi)
A1 G1 Dw G A
Test quantity 100%
Outer pipe diameter 4 mm (0.16 in.)
L
Inner pipe diameter 2 mm (0.08 in.)
Pipe lengths Between 300 mm (12 in.) and 4 000 mm (157 in.)
can be ordered e.g. 227957A/3000 3000 mm long)
Designation Dimensions Weight

G G1 A A1 Dw Dw1 L
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. kg lb
721740 A G 1/8 G 3/4 11,5 0.45 36,9 1.45 7,94 0.31 15,88 0.63 1 000 39 0,3 0.7
227957 A* G 1/4 G 3/4 17,3 0.68 36,9 1.45 11,11 0.44 15,88 0.63 2 000 78 0,4 0.9
227958 A* G 3/4 G 3/4 36,9 1.45 36,9 1.45 15,88 0.63 15,88 0.63 2 000 78 0,6 1.3
1020612 A** G 1/4 G 1/4 17,3 0.68 17,3 0.68 11,11 0.44 11,11 0.44 1 000 39 0,5 1.1
728017 A G 1/4 G 1/4 17,3 0.68 17,3 0.68 11,11 0.44 7,94 0.31 300 12 0,2 0.4
* These pipes are also available in a 400 MPa execution. Designations are 227957 A/400MP and 227958 A/400MP. Outer diameter of the pipe is 6 mm (0.24 in.)
** Maximum working pressure 400 MPa (58 000 psi). Test pressure 500 MPa (72 500 psi) Outer diameter of the pipe 6 mm (0.24 in.).
Safety note:
For safety reasons, these high-pressure pipes have a maximum service life.
All SKF high pressure pipes are hard-marked with the year in which their service life expires;
e.g. DO NOT USE AFTER 2021. High pressure pipes are marked with their maximum working
pressure e.g. MAX 400 MPa. The pipe colour also indicates the maximum working pressure.
Black pipes can be used up to 300 MPa, whilst grey pipes can be used up to 400 MPa.
All flexible pressure hoses are subject to ageing and, after a number of years, the
performance deteriorates. All SKF flexible pressure hoses are hard marked with the year
in which their life expires, e.g. LIFE EXPIRES 2018.
64
Maximum working pressure up to 150 MPa (21 750 psi)
SKF Flexible High-pressure Hoses

The SKF flexible pressure hoses are designed to be used together with the
quick connect coupling SKF 729831 A and nipple SKF 729832 A on the
range of SKF Hydraulic Pumps.
Technical data
Designation Bore Outside Maximum Minimum Minimum End Working Length Weight
diameter diameter working burst bending fittings temperature
pressure pressure radius
mm in. mm in. MPa psi MPa psi mm in. C F mm in. kg lb
729126 4,0 0.16 10 0.39 100 14 500 300 43 500 65 2.6 G 1/4 30/80 22/176 1 500 59 0,4 0.9
729834 5,0 0.20 11 0.43 150 21 750 450 65 250 150 5.9 G 1/4 30/80 22/176 3 000 118 0,9 2.0
1 500 mm (59 in.) 3 000 mm (118 in.)
G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
729126 729834
For accurate bearing clearance measurement
SKF Feeler Gauges 729865 series

As an alternative to the SKF Drive-up method SKF Feeler Gauges can be used
to measure the internal clearance when adjusting spherical roller bearings.
Two types are available, one with 13 blades of 100 mm (4 in.) length and the
other with 29 blades of 200 mm (8 in.) length.
Highly accurate measurement
729865 A is supplied with protective plastic cover
729865 B is supplied with protective steel cage
Technical data
Designation Blade length Blade thickness
729865 A 100 4.0 0,03 0.0012 0,08 0.0031 0,14 0.0055
0,04 0.0016 0,09 0.0035 0,15 0.0059
0,05 0.0020 0,10 0.0039 0,20 0.0079
0,06 0.0024 0,12 0.0047 0,30 0.0118
0,07 0.0028
729865 B 200 8.0 0,05 0.0020 0,18 0.0071 0,60 0.0236
0,09 0.0035 0,19 0.0075 0,65 0.0256
0,10 0.0039 0,20 0.0079 0,70 0.0276
0,11 0.0043 0,25 0.0098 0,75 0.0295
0,12 0.0047 0,30 0.0118 0,80 0.0315
0,13 0.0051 0,35 0.0138 0,85 0.0335
0,14 0.0055 0,40 0.0157 0,90 0.0354
0,15 0.0059 0,45 0.0177 0,95 0.0374
0,16 0.0063 0,50 0.0197 1,00 0.0394
0,17 0.0067 0,55 0.0216
65
For easy pressure hose connection
SKF Quick Connecting Coupling and Nipples

One coupling and two different nipples are available to connect SKF Hydraulic
Pumps to the work piece. When nipples with other thread types are required,
select an additional SKF nipple from the range to make the connection.
SKF Nipple 729832 A is supplied standard with all SKF Hydraulic Nuts
HMV ..E series.
Technical data
Designation Thread Dimensions Maximum pressure d2
d2 D2 C A
Coupling mm in. mm in. mm in. MPa psi D2
729831 A G 1/4 24 0.94 27 1.06 58 2.28 150 21 750 A

A D1
d1 D1 B A B
Nipples mm in. mm in. mm in. MPa psi
d1
729832 A G 1/4 22 0.87 14 0.55 46 1.81 150 21 750
C
729100 G 1/8 17 0.67 14 0.55 43 1.69 100 14 500 729832 A
729831 A 729100
Up to 400 MPa (58 000 psi)
Plugs for oil ducts and vent holes

SKF plugs have been designed to seal off oil connections at a maximum
pressure of 400 MPa (58 000 psi).
Technical data
Designation Thread Length
mm in.
233950 E G 1/4 15 0.59 G 1/4 8 11 G 1/2 4 G 3/4 15
729944 E G 1/2 17 0.67
4.5 6 4
1030816 E G 3/4 23 0.90 15 16 9
45
22
14
Maximum working pressure 400 MPa (58 000 psi) Plug 233950 E Plug 729944 E Plug 1030816 E
66
SKF Connection Nipples
SKF provides a wide range of connection nipples covering many different
thread combinations and sizes. They are used as adapters to enable pipes
and hoses to be connected to different thread sizes.
Technical data Nipples with metric and G pipe threads

L
G3 G1
A G2 A1 G
Designation Max. working Dimensions Width

pressure across flats
G G2 A A1 G1 G3 L
Mpa Psi mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
1077456/100MPA M8 M6 100 14 500 11 0.43 5 0.20 15 0.59 9 0.35 33 1.30 10
1077455/100MPA G 1/8 M6 100 14 500 11 0.43 7 0.28 15 0.59 9 0.35 33 1.30 10
1014357 A G 1/8 G 1/4 300 43 500 25,4 1.00 7 0.28 15 0.59 15 0.59 43 1.69 22
1009030 B G 1/8 G 3/8 300 43 500 25,4 1.00 7 0.28 15 0.59 15 0.59 42 1.65 22
1019950 G 1/8 G 1/2 300 43 500 36,9 1.45 7 0.28 15 0.59 14 0.55 50 1.97 32
1018219 E G 1/4 G 3/8 400 58 000 25,4 1.00 9,5 0.37 17 0.67 15 0.59 45 1.77 22
1009030 E G 1/4 G 3/4 400 58 000 36,9 1.45 9,5 0.37 17 0.67 20 0.79 54 2.13 32
1012783 E G 3/8 G 1/4 400 58 000 25,4 1.00 10 0.39 17 0.67 15 0.59 43 1.96 22
1008593 E G 3/8 G 3/4 400 58 000 36,9 1.45 10 0.39 17 0.67 20 0.79 53 2.09 32
1016402 E G 1/2 G 1/4 400 58 000 25,4 1.00 14 0.55 20 0.79 15 0.59 43 1.96 22
729146 G 1/2 G 3/4 300 43 500 36,9 1.45 17 0.67 20 0.79 50 1.97 32
228027 E G 3/4 G 1/4 400 58 000 36,9 1.45 15 0.59 22 0.87 15 0.59 50 1.97 32
Technical data Nipples with NPT tapered threads

Designation Max. working Dimensions Width
pressure across flats
G G2 A G1 G3 L
Mpa Psi mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
729654/150MPA NPT 1/4 G 1/4 150 21 750 25,4 1.00 15 0.59 15 0.59 42 1.65 22
729655/150MPA NPT 3/8 G 1/4 150 21 750 25,4 1.00 15 0.59 15 0.59 40 1.57 22
729106/100MPA G 1/4 NPT 3/8 100 14 500 36,9 1.45 17 0.67 15 0.59 50 1.97 32
729656/150MPA NPT 3/4 G 1/4 150 21 750 36,9 1.45 20 0.79 15 0.59 45 1.77 32
67
Catering for adapter and withdrawal sleeve applications
SKF Extension Pipes with Connecting Nipples
M4 extension pipe with connection nipple G 1/4 extension pipe with connection nipple
Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a
G 1/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227957 A) when the G 3/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227958 A) when the
sleeve connection hole has an M4 thread. sleeve connection hole has a G 1/4 thread.
The extension pipe and connection nipple The extension pipe and connection nipple
should be ordered as separate items. should be ordered as separate items.
M6 extension pipe with connection nipple G 1/8 extension pipe

Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a
G 1/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227957 A) when the G 1/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227957 A) when the
sleeve connection hole has a M6 thread. sleeve connection hole has a G 1/8 thread.
The extension pipe and connection nipple
should be ordered as separate items.
Technical data
M4 extension pipe with M6 extension pipe with G 1/4 extension pipe with G 1/8 extension pipe
connection nipple connection nipple connection nipple
M40,5 M6 15
17
G 1/4 G 1/8
2 2,5
7 12
4 3
20 15
60
G 1/8 400
300
95
325 300
15
42
15 52
34
20 15
15
G 1/4
G /4
3 G 1/4
G /41
25,4 36,9 20
25,4
Designation Max. Designation Max. Designation Max. Designation Max.

pressure pressure pressure pressure
pipe 50 MPa pipe 100 MPa pipe 100 MPa 227965/100MPA 100 MPa
234064 (7 250 psi) 1077453/100MPA (14 500 psi) 227964/100MPA (14 500 psi) (14 500 psi)
nipple 50 MPa nipple 100 MPa nipple 100 MPa
234063 (7 250 psi) 1077454/100MPA (14 500 psi) 227963/100MPA (14 500 psi)
68
SKF Adapter Block 226402
The adapter block SKF 226402 consists of a cast steel block to which a
pressure gauge and high-pressure pipe can be connected. It comes with
a floor support and a 90 degree connection nipple for the oil reservoir.
Technical data
Designation 226402
Maximum pressure 400 MPa
(58 000 psi)
Pressure gauge connection G 1/2
245
mm
Pressure pipe connection G 3/4
610 mm
For bearing mounting
SKF Mounting Fluid LHMF 300

SKF Mounting Fluid is suitable for use with SKF hydraulic equipment, including
hydraulic pumps, HMV ..E nuts and oil injection tools. SKF LHMF 300 contains
anti-corrosives which are non-aggressive to seal materials such as nitrile
rubber, perbunan, leather and chrome leather, PTFE, and so on.
For bearing dismounting
SKF Dismounting Fluid LHDF 900

SKF Dismounting Fluid is suitable for use with SKF hydraulic equipment,
including hydraulic pumps and oil injection tools. SKF LHDF 900 contains
anti-corrosives which are non-aggressive to seal materials such as nitrile
rubber, perbunan, leather and chrome leather, PTFE, and so on.
Technical data
Designation LHDF 900/pack size LHMF 300/pack size
Specific gravity 0,885 0,882
Flash point 202 C (395 F) 200 C (390 F)
Pour point 28 C (18 F) 30 C (22 F)
Viscosity at 20 C (68 F) 910 mm/s 300 mm/s
Viscosity at 40 C (104 F) 330 mm/s 116 mm/s
Viscosity at 100 C (212 F) 43 mm/s 17,5 mm/s
Viscosity index 180 160
Available pack size 5 and 205 litre 1, 5, 205 litre
69
Also available from SKF
Mounting bearings made easy
SKF Adapter and withdrawal sleeves for oil injection

These SKF sleeves facilitate the use of the SKF Oil Injection Method.
The larger sleeves have oil supply ducts and distribution grooves,
enabling the user to inject oil between the sleeve and bearing bore and
between the sleeve and the shaft. This oil reduces friction and force
necessary for mounting, particularly when mounting in a dry state.
Reduces the risk of damage to shaft and sleeve
Reduces time to mount and dismount bearings
A full range of pumps, nipples and pipes are available
SKF sleeves also help make bearing dismounting easier
For more information, please refer to the SKF General Catalogue, the
SKF Maintenance Handbook or consult an SKF application engineer.
The tool to monitor the mounting of SensorMount bearings
SensorMount indicator TMEM 1500

The SKF TMEM 1500 provides a direct reading of the fit of a SensorMount
bearing mounted on a tapered seating.
The TMEM 1500 is only compatible with SKF bearings, which are fitted
with the SensorMount sensor. These bearings from SKF have the
designation suffixes ZE, ZEB, or ZEV, e.g. ZE 241/500 ECAK30/W33.
The SensorMount Indicator provides a numeric value, which guides the
user in achieving a reliable bearing fit. SKF bearings fitted with the
SensorMount system can also be mounted on adapter sleeves,
withdrawal sleeves and hollow shafts. The material composition of the
shaft has no effect on the proper operation of the SensorMount system.
What you see is what you get; directly indicates

the real reduction in internal bearing clearance. Technical data
Easy to use Designation TMEM 1500
Fast Range of measurement 0 to 1,500 o/oo
Reliable Power supply 9 V alkaline battery, type IEC 6LR61
Simplifies the mounting process: Battery life 8 hours, continuous use
No calculations needed Display 4-digit LCD with fixed decimal
Makes feeler gauges obsolete Operating temperature range 10 to +50 C (14 to 122 F)
Minimises the risk of human errors Accuracy 1%, 2 digits
IP rating IP 40
Weight 250 g (8.75 oz.)
Size 157 84 30 mm (6.1 3.3 1.8 in.)
70
OK Coupling mounting and dismounting kits
Coupling size Designation Contents Weight Application
OKC 45OKC 90 TMHK 35 1 226400 E Injector with spares 12 kg

1 226402 Adapter block (26.5 lb)
1 228027 E Nipple
1 729944 E Plug
1 227958A Pressure pipe (for OKC 80 and 90)
1 728017A/2000 Pressure pipe (for OKC 4575)
Tools and storage case
OKC 100OKC 170 TMHK 36 1 226400 E Injector with spares 19 kg

OKCS 178OKCS 360 1 TMJL 50 Hydraulic pump (41.8 lb)
OKC 180OKC 250 TMHK 37 2 226400 E Injector with spares 28,1 kg

OKF 100OKF 300 1 226402* Adapter block (61.8 lb)
1 227958A* High pressure pipe
* = for use with OKF couplings 1 TMJL 50 Hydraulic pump
OKC OKF
OKC 180OKC 490 TMHK 38 1 THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump set 36 kg

OKF 300OKF 700 1 729147A Return hose (79.5 lb)
Shipboard or 2 226400 E Injector with spares
infrequent use
OKC OKF
OKC 180OKC 490 TMHK 38S 1 THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump set 81,7 kg
OKF 300OKF 700 1 729147A Return hose (180 lb)
Shipyard or frequent use 1 THAP 300E Air-driven oil injector
1 226400 E Injector with spares
OKC OKF
OKC 500OKC 600 TMHK 39 1 THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump 38,6 kg

Shipboard or 1 729147A Return hose (85 lb)
infrequent use 3 226400 E Injector with spares
OKC 500 and larger TMHK 40 1 THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump 84 kg

Shipboard or 1 THAP 300E Air-driven pump (185 lb)
infrequent use 1 729147A Return hose
2 226400 E Injector with spares
OKC 500 and larger TMHK 41 1 THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump 136 kg
Shipyard or frequent use 3 THAP 300E Air-driven oil injector (300 lb)
1 729147A Return hose
71
Alignment Basic condition monitoring
Introduction 74 Introduction 88
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 11 76 SKF Thermometers 91
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 31 77 SKF Infrared Thermometer TKTL 10 92
SKF Machinery Shims TMAS series 82 SKF K-type Thermocouple Probes TMDT 2 series 95
SKF TKBA Series 86 SKF Thermal Camera TKTI 21 96
SKF Thermal Camera TKTI 31 96
SKF Tachometer TKRT 10 100
SKF Tachometer TKRT 20 100
SKF Stroboscope TKRS 10 102
SKF Stroboscope TKRS 20 102
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10F 104
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10S 104
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10A 104
SKF Electronic Stethoscope TMST 3 106
SKF Sound Pressure Meter TMSP 1 107
SKF Ultrasonic Leak Detector TMSU 1 108
SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1 109
SKF Machine Condition Indicator CMSS 200 110
SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL 112
Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K 113
SKF Electric motor assessment kit CMAK 200-SL 114
SKF Bearing Assessment Kit CMAK 300-SL 114
SKF Basic Condition Monitoring Kit CMAK 400-ML 115
72
Instruments
Alignment74
Basic condition monitoring 88
Infrared
thermometers
Laser shaft
Thermal alignment
camera tools
Stroboscopes
73
Alignment
Accurate shaft alignment really matters
Reduce machinery breakdowns and increase your uptime

Its a fact. Shaft misalignment is a major contributor to rotating machinery
breakdowns. Accurately aligning shafts can prevent a large number of
machinery breakdowns and reduce unplanned downtime that results in
a loss of production. In todays challenging environment of reducing costs
and optimising assets, the necessity of accurate shaft alignment is now
greater than ever.
What is shaft misalignment?

Reducing misalignment saves energy
Machines need to be aligned in both the horizontal and vertical plane.
The misalignment can be caused by both parallel or angular
Extra misalignment. The possible consequences of shaft misalignment
energy are serious to any companys bottom line and include:
consumption
Increased friction and thereby energy consumption
Premature bearing and seal failure
Premature shaft and coupling failure
Degree of misalignment
Excessive seal lubricant leakage
Failure of coupling and foundation bolts
Increased vibration and noise
Reducing misalignment increases bearing life
Bearing life
Degree of misalignment
Parallel misalignment (or offset) Angular misalignment Correct alignment
74
Straight edge Dial indicators Laser shaft alignment
Accuracy -- Accuracy ++ Accuracy ++

Speed ++ Speed -- Speed +
Ease of use ++ Ease of use -- Ease of use +
What methods can be used to align shafts?

In general, its clear that laser alignment systems are quicker and easier The majority of alignment tasks consist of such things as a
to use than dial indicators, have better accuracy and dont require special horizontally placed electric motor with a pump or fan with a single
skills to get accurate results virtually every time. coupling. For such tasks, the technician needs a system that is quick
and easy to use and doesnt need a long set up time.
Which type of laser alignment system should be considered?
Before purchasing a system, identify the applications where it is to be What can SKF offer?
used and make a list of requirements. Buying an expensive system that SKF has developed, after extensive consultation with users, a range
can accommodate virtually every need can be a costly mistake, as the of affordable, easy to use shaft alignment tools that are suitable for a
technicians need to be skilled in using it. majority of alignment tasks.
75
New technology makes shaft alignment easier and more affordable
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 11

The SKF TKSA 11 heralds a new generation of shaft alignment tools. Using mobile devices,
the instrument intuitively guides the user through the whole alignment process. With a focus
on the core alignment tasks, the TKSA 11 is designed to be a very easy-to-use instrument
that results in accurate alignment and is especially suitable for entry level shaft alignment.
The SKF TKSA 11 is the first instrument on the market that uses inductive proximity
sensors, enabling accurate and reliable shaft alignment to be affordable for every budget.
Live view of the instrument and motor By using inductive proximity sensors,
position makes the measurement and the measurement is no longer affected by
horizontal alignment intuitive and easy. bright sunlight, influence of backlash is
The TKSA 11 App offers a fully functional reduced and the instrument becomes more
demonstration mode allowing the complete robust. All enabling the TKSA 11 to deliver
Available on the
alignment process to be experienced without highly accurate and reliable alignments.
App Store
the need to purchase the TKSA 11. Automatic alignment reports give a complete
The TKSA 11 is designed to give a fast return overview of the alignment process and
on its investment and is also affordable for results. Reports can easily be shared via
almost every budget. email or cloud services.
Mobile devices allow high resolution graphics,
intuitive usage, automatic software updates
and display unit choice.
76
The advanced laser shaft alignment system with enhanced measuring and reporting capabilities
SKF Shaft Alignment Tools TKSA 31 and TKSA 41

The TKSA 31 and TKSA 41 are advanced laser alignment solutions with large sized detectors
and bright lasers that allow precise measurements in even the most challenging conditions.
The ergonomic display unit with intuitive touch screen navigation makes your alignments fast
and easy, whilst innovative features increase the alignment convenience and performance.
With the focus on improving alignment practices, the SKF Shaft Alignment Tools TKSA 31 and
TKSA 41 are the industrys best value alignment solutions.
Automatic measurement enables hands-free TKSA 41 only:

measurements by simply rotating the heads Wireless communication improves instrument
in the right position. handling and measurement convenience.
Automatic reports are generated after each Free measurment allows measurements
alignment and can be customised with notes with limited rotational freedom to start at
and operator information. All reports can be any angle and finish with an angular sweep
exported as pdf files. of just 90.
Live view supports intuitive positioning of Built-in camera allows machine pictures
measuring heads and facilitates horizontal to be added to alignment reports or to the
and vertical alignment corrections. machine library.
Machine library gives an overview of all QR code recognition simplifies machine
registered machines and allows easy access identification. Scanning a registered QR
to previous alignment reports. code opens the machine in the library and The TKSA 31 communicates via USB
a new alignment can be started or previous cables, but it has the same alignment
reports reviewed. performance as the TKSA 41.
77
TKSA 60 TKSA 80
The wireless laser shaft alignment tool with The advanced laser shaft alignment tool to increase
built-in alignment expert. your alignment knowledge.
The TKSA 60 is an extremely rugged wireless laser shaft alignment tool For effective machine alignment, the measurement is only 5% of the
that can be used in harsh environments. The system provides instant process. Users often find themselves encountering difficulties by
expertise with a built-in step-by-step alignment process, from skipping some important alignment steps. The TKSA 80 system has a
preparation, inspection and evaluation through correction, reporting complete built-in alignment process to increase users knowledge of
and analysis. The system incorporates the latest alignment knowledge alignment . The programme takes users from preparation and evaluation
and decades of SKF experience of rotating equipment. all the way through to correction and finally a report of the result.
With a 7 inch screen, the TKSA 80 can accommodate large machine
train alignment jobs. It offers a unique database to store the machine
set-up data for future use, visual inspections on oil leakage, oil level,
foundation bolt status and wear indications.
TKSA11 TKSA 31 TKSA41 TKSA60 TKSA80

Overall system performance + ++ ++ +++ +++
System ruggedness
Usability of the instrument in tough industrial environments. + + + ++ ++
User interface keypad &
iOS touch screen touch screen keypad
Input and interaction with the display device. touch screen
QR code recognition
QR labels can be used to simplify the machine identification
and increase the usage convenience.
Measurement type
The "9-12-3" measurement demands pre-defined measurement positions, 9-12-3 9-12-3 free free free
whereas the "free" measurement allows user selectable measurement positions.
Minimal shaft rotation

Describes the minimal required shaft rotation angle to perform 180 140 90 60 60
alignment measurements.
78
TKSA 11 TKSA 31 TKSA 41 TKSA 60 TKSA 80
Automatic measurement
Alignment measurements can be performed hands-free
without display unit interaction.
Wireless measuring heads
Maximum measurment distance

18,5 cm 2 m* 4m 10 m 10 m
Maximum distance between the measuring heads.
Soft foot correction

The soft foot tool helps to find and correct a soft foot,
so that the machine can stand evenly on all feet.
Live alignment correction only

Live feed values are shown to facilitate the horizontal motor horizontal
movement and vertical chock adjustment.
Automatic alignment report

Reports are automatically generated after each alignment
and can be exported as PDF files.
Camera **

Photos can be added to the report.
Machine library

Overview of all registered machines and previous alignment reports.
Thermal growth calculation
Vertical machine alignment

Alignment of machines with vertical shafts.
Swap view
Enables graphics to be swapped from one side of the machines to
the other to accommodate the user position.
Machine train alignment

Enables the alignment of up to 5 machines in a line.
Run-out check
The system reminds users to perform a simple measurement
to look for bent shafts.
* With USB cables supplied ** Depending on display device
Shaft alignment is recommended for almost

every industry, as it enables machine uptime
to be significantly improved and maintenance
costs to be reduced. The TKSA 11 focuses
on industries where these shaft alignment
benefits have not yet been realised and
helps customers profit from correctly
aligned shafts.
79
Technical data
Designation TKSA 11 TKSA 31 TKSA 41
Description New technology makes shaft alignment The modern laser shaft alignment tool for The advanced laser shaft alignment system with
easier and more affordable economic machine maintenance enhanced measuring and reporting capabilities
Measuring unit(s)
Sensors type 2 inductive proximity sensors 29 mm (1.1 in.) CCD with line laser Class 2 29 mm (1.1 in.) CCD with line laser Class 2
Electronic inclinometers Yes, 0.5 Yes, 0.5 Yes, 0.5
Communication Wireless, Bluetooth 4.0 LE Wired, USB cables Wireless, Bluetooth 4.0 LE or
Wired, USB cables
Measuring distance 0 to 185 mm (0 to 7.3 in.) 0,07 to 2 m (0.23 to 6.6 ft.) * 0,07 to 4 m (0.23 to 13.1 ft.)
Measuring accuracy <2% <0,5% 5 m <0,5% 5 m
Operating time 18 hours of continuous use N/A 16 hours of continuous use
Battery and charging LiPo battery, rechargable via micro USB (5 V) N/A LiPo battery, rechargable via micro USB (5 V)
Dimensions 105 55 55 mm (4.1 2.2 2.2 in.) 120 90 36 mm (4.7 3.5 1.4 in.) 120 90 36 mm (4.7 3.5 1.4 in.)
Weight 155 g (0.34 lb) 180 g (0.4 lb) 220 g (0.5 lb)
Operating device
Operating device iPod Touch 5th generation minimum recom.; 5.6" colour resistive touchscreen LCD 5.6" colour resistive touchscreen LCD
iPhone 4S minimum; iPad mini or iPad
3rd generation minimum (all not included)
Software/App update via Apple Store via USB stick via USB stick
Display orientation flip Portrait mode only No Landscape mode flip
Operating time N/A 8 hours of continuous use (100% backlight) 8 hours of continuous use (100% backlight)
Battery and charging N/A LiPo battery, rechargable via power adapter with EU, US, UK, AUS plugs supplied
Dimensions N/A 205 140 60 mm (8.1 5.5 2.4 in.) 205 140 60 mm (8.1 5.5 2.4 in.)
Weight N/A 420 g (0.9 lb) 640 g (1.4 lbs)
Complete system
Fixture 2 aluminum V-brackets 2 aluminum V-brackets 2 aluminum V-brackets
Shaft diameters 20 to 160 mm (0.8 to 6.3 in.) 20 to 150 mm (0.8 to 5.9 in.) 20 to 150 mm (0.8 to 5.9 in.)
up to 320 mm (12.6 in.) with optional up to 300 mm (11.8 in.) with optional up to 300 mm (11.8 in.) with optional
extension chains (not included) extension chains (not included) extension chains (not included)
Standard chains supplied 480 mm (18.9 in.) 400 mm (15.8 in.) 400 mm (15.8 in.)
Maximum recommended 55 mm (2.2 in.) with standard rods 105 mm (4.2 in.) with standard rods 105 mm (4.2 in.) with standard rods
coupling height 175 mm (6.9 in.) with optional 195 mm (7.7 in.) with optional 195 mm (7.7 in.) with extension rods
extension rods (not included) extension rods (not included)
Rods supplied 2 80 mm (3.1 in.) standard rods 2 150 mm (5.9 in.) threaded standard 2 150 mm (5.9 in.) threaded standard
per bracket rods per bracket rods per bracket + 4 additional 90 mm
(3.5 in.) extension rods
Alignment method 3 measurements 9-12-3 alignment 3 measurements 9-12-3 alignment 3 measurements 9-12-3 alignment method,
method method, automatic measurement automatic measurement, free measurement
Operating temperature 0 to 45 C (32 to 113 F) 0 to 45 C (32 to 113 F) 0 to 45 C (32 to 113 F)
Storage temperature 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F) 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F) 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F)
Relative humidity 10 to 90% non condensing 10 to 90% non condensing 10 to 90% non condensing
IP rating IP54 IP54 IP54
Carrying case dimensions 360 110 260 mm (14.2 4.3 10.2 in.) 530 110 360 mm (20.9 4.3 14.2 in.) 530 110 360 mm (20.9 4.3 14.2 in.)
Total weight (incl. case) 2,1 kg (4.6 lbs) 4,75 kg (10.5 lbs) 4,75 kg (10.5 lbs)
Calibration certificate Supplied with 2 years validity Supplied with 2 years validity Supplied with 2 years validity
Warranty 2 years standard warranty 2 years standard warranty 2 years standard warranty
(+ 1 additional year upon registration) (+ 1 additional year upon registration) (+ 1 additional year upon registration)
Case content Measuring unit; 3 reference bars; 2 shaft 2 measuring units (M&S); display unit; 2 measuring units (M&S); display unit; 2 shaft
brackets with chains; micro USB to USB 2 shaft brackets with chains; chain brackets with chains; chain tightening rod;
charging cable; measuring tape 2 m (6.6 ft.); tightening rod; power supply with country 4 extension rods 90 mm (3.5 in.); power supply
printed certificate of calibration and adapters; 2 micro USB to USB cables 1,5 m with country adapters; 2 micro USB to USB
conformance; printed quick start guide (60 in.); measuring tape; printed certificate cables 1,5 m (60 in.); measuring tape; printed
(English); SKF carrying case of calibration and conformance; quick start certificate of calibration and conformance; quick
guide (EN); SKF carrying case start guide (EN); SKF carrying case
Note: A
dditional accessories are available such as extension chains, extension rods, sliding brackets, magnetic brackets, * Measuring distances up to 4 m (13.1 ft.)
offset brackets. More information about spare parts and acessories can be found in the instructions for use. are possible with longer USB cables.
Please contact SKF or your authorised SKF distributors for more details.
80
Technical data
Designation TKSA 60 TKSA 80
Description The wireless laser shaft alignment tool with The advanced laser shaft alignment tool to increase
built-in alignment expert. your alignment knowledge.
Measuring units
Housing material Chassis: aluminium Chassis: aluminium
Sides: glass filled PBT Sides: glass filled PBT
Laser class 2 2
Maximum laser power 1 mW 1 mW
Distance between Maximum: 10 m (33 ft) Maximum: 10 m (33 ft)
measuring units N/A N/A
Type of detectors Linear CCD with length 36 mm (1.4 in.) Linear CCD with length 36 mm (1.4 in.)
Connectivity Low-power, industrial wireless network, 802.15.4 compliant Low-power, industrial wireless network, 802.15.4 compliant
Rod/fixing bar 4 off 90 mm (3.5 in.), 4 off 150 mm (5.9 in.) 4 off 90 mm (3.5 in.), 4 off 150 mm (5.9 in.)
Can be screwed together to increase length Can be screwed together to increase length
Environmental protection IP 65 IP 65
Battery type 2 AA Alkaline or rechargeable battery 2 AA Alkaline or rechargeable battery
Dimensions 96 93 36 mm (3.8 3.7 1.4 in.) 96 93 36 mm (3.8 3.7 1.4 in.)
Weight 326 g (11.5 oz) 326 g (11.5 oz)
Display unit
Housing material PC/ABS plastic PC/ABS plastic
Display type 10,9 cm (4.3 in.) diagonal colour LCD. Daylight viewable 7 inch diagonal colour LCD. Daylight viewable with touch screen
Environmental protection IP 65 IP 65
Drop test 1,2 m (3.9 ft) to military standard 1,2 m (3.9 ft) to military standard
Battery type Rechargeable Li-ion battery and external power supply Rechargeable Li-ion battery and external power supply
Operating time 10 hours continuous 10 hours continuous
PC connection USB USB
Displayed resolution 0,01 mm 0,01 mm
Dimensions 234 132 48 mm (9.2 5.2 1.9 in.) 276 160 53 mm (9.2 5.2 1.9 in.)
Weight 680 g (22.9 oz) 1 060 g (37.3 oz)
Complete system
Contents Display unit (battery included); 2 measuring units; 2 mechanical shaft Display unit (battery included); 2 measuring units; 2 mechanical shaft
fixtures; 2 adjustable chains with tightening pin; 2 extension chains; fixtures; 2 adjustable chains with tightening pin; 2 extension chains;
Rods: 4 90 mm (3.5 in.), 4 150 mm (5.9 in.); USB cable; Charger Rods: 4 90 mm (3.54 in.), 4 150 mm (5.9 in.); USB cable;
for display unit; Measuring tape; Screw driver; Tommy bar; Quick Charger for display unit; Measuring tape; Screw driver; Tommy bar;
start quide; CD with instruction to use; Carrying case. Quick start quide; CD with instruction to use; Carrying case.
PC download USB USB
Storage memory 1 000 alignments 1 000 alignments
Soft foot check By laser or manually By laser or manually
Alignment tolerance check Yes Yes
User editable tolerances Yes Yes
Shaft diameter range up to 300 mm (11.8 in.) up to 300 mm (11.8 in.)
Chain included for shaft diameters 30300 mm (1.211.8 in.) 30300 mm (1.211.8 in.)
Displacement measurement accuracy 5 m 0.5% 5 m 0.5%
Temperature range 10 to +50 C (14122 F) 10 to +50 C (14122 F)
Operating humidity <90% <90%
Carrying case dimensions 534 427 207 mm (21 16.8 8.15 in.) 534 427 207 mm (21 16.8 8.15 in.)
Total weight (incl. case) 7,3 kg (16.1 lb) 7,6 kg (16.8 lb)
Warranty 1 year 1 year
Optional parts
Magnetic base For shafts >300 mm (11.8 in.) For shafts >300 mm (11.8 in.)
Magnetic V-brackets For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces or for large For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces or for large
diameter shafts diameter shafts
Extension brackets For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces
81
For accurate vertical machinery alignment
SKF Machinery Shims TMAS series

Accurate machine adjustment is an essential element of
any alignment process. SKF single slot pre-cut shims are
available in five different dimensions and in ten different
thicknesses.
Made of high quality stainless steel, allowing re-use

Easy to fit and to remove
Close tolerances for accurate alignment
Thickness clearly marked on each shim
Fully de-burred
Pre-cut shims are supplied in packs of 10 and
complete kits are also available
Technical data
Designation Number A B C Thickness Designation Number A B C Thickness
of shims of shims
per set mm mm mm mm per set mm mm mm mm
TMAS 50-005 10 50 50 13 0,05 TMAS 75-005 10 75 75 21 0,05
TMAS 50-010 10 50 50 13 0,10 TMAS 75-010 10 75 75 21 0,10
TMAS 50-020 10 50 50 13 0,20 TMAS 75-020 10 75 75 21 0,20
TMAS 50-025 10 50 50 13 0,25 TMAS 75-025 10 75 75 21 0,25
TMAS 50-040 10 50 50 13 0,40 TMAS 75-040 10 75 75 21 0,40
TMAS 50-050 10 50 50 13 0,50 TMAS 75-050 10 75 75 21 0,50
TMAS 50-070 10 50 50 13 0,70 TMAS 75-070 10 75 75 21 0,70
TMAS 50-100 10 50 50 13 1,00 TMAS 75-100 10 75 75 21 1,00
TMAS 50-200 10 50 50 13 2,00 TMAS 75-200 10 75 75 21 2,00
TMAS 50-300 10 50 50 13 3,00 TMAS 75-300 10 75 75 21 3,00
TMAS 100-005 10 100 100 32 0,05 TMAS 125-005 10 125 125 45 0,05
TMAS 100-010 10 100 100 32 0,10 TMAS 125-010 10 125 125 45 0,10
TMAS 100-020 10 100 100 32 0,20 TMAS 125-020 10 125 125 45 0,20
TMAS 100-025 10 100 100 32 0,25 TMAS 125-025 10 125 125 45 0,25
TMAS 100-040 10 100 100 32 0,40 TMAS 125-040 10 125 125 45 0,40
TMAS 100-050 10 100 100 32 0,50 TMAS 125-050 10 125 125 45 0,50
TMAS 100-070 10 100 100 32 0,70 TMAS 125-070 10 125 125 45 0,70
TMAS 100-100 10 100 100 32 1,00 TMAS 125-100 10 125 125 45 1,00
TMAS 100-200 10 100 100 32 2,00 TMAS 125-200 10 125 125 45 2,00
TMAS 100-300 10 100 100 32 3,00 TMAS 125-300 10 125 125 45 3,00
TMAS 200-005 10 200 200 55 0,05

TMAS 200-010 10 200 200 55 0,10
TMAS 200-020 10 200 200 55 0,20
TMAS 200-025 10 200 200 55 0,25
TMAS 200-040 10 200 200 55 0,40 B C
TMAS 200-050 10 200 200 55 0,50
TMAS 200-070 10 200 200 55 0,70
TMAS 200-100 10 200 200 55 1,00
TMAS 200-200 10 200 200 55 2,00 A
TMAS 200-300 10 200 200 55 3,00
82
TMAS 50/KIT Thickness (mm) 0,05 0,10 0,20 0,25 0,40 0,50 0,70 1,00 2,00
Size (mm) Quantities
50 50 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
75 75 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
TMAS 340 Thickness (mm) 0,05 0,10 0,20 0,25 0,40 0,50 0,70 1,00 2,00
100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
125 125 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
50 50 20 20 20 20 20 20
75 75 20 20 20 20 20 20
100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20
50 50 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
75 75 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
50 50 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
75 75 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
50 50 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
75 75 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
125 125 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10
Consists of TMAS 340 + TMAS 380
83
Achieving a precise and controllable horizontal adjustment
SKF horizontal adjustment tool

Using laser shaft alignment equipment usually requires the machine to be
repositioned in both the vertical and horizontal planes, to achieve a good
alignment result. The SKF horizontal adjustment tool, TMAH series, helps
achieve a precise and controllable horizontal adjustment.
The TMAH uses a special eccentric socket arrangement that enables

rotary movement to be translated to linear movement at the motor
foot. The result is a precise and controllable horizontal movement of
the motor to the desired alignment position.
Heavy hammers, pry or crow bars are no longer required to move

the motor horizontally, making the adjustment easier and safer
Welded jack-bolt assemblies are no longer required to move each
motor foot horizontally. This also eliminates the need to repair the
jack-bolts due to rust or corrosion
Quick and easy to fit, operate and remove
Is a complementary product to SKF TMAS machinery alignment shims
Enables accurate horizontal adjustment

movements of 25 microns or less, suitable
for laser alignment equipment accuracy.
Dimensions
Designation A B C D E F G H
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
TMAH 13 14 0.55 31 1.22 1417 0.550.67 2150 0.831.97 95 3.74 13 0.51 17 0.67 20 0.79
TMAH 17 20 0.79 43 1.69 2022 0.790.87 2255 0.872.17 107 4.21 17 0.67 24 0.94 21 0.83
TMAH 19 23 0.90 52 2.05 2426 0.941.02 2282 0.873.23 137 5.39 19 0.75 30 1.18 27 1.06
TMAH 24 23 0.90 52 2.05 2426 0.941.02 2282 0.873.23 137 5.39 24 0.94 30 1.18 27 1.06
TMAH 30 35 1.38 70 2.75 3032 1.181.25 38134 1.505.28 187 7.36 30 1.18 36 1.42 39 1.53
TMAH 36 35 1.38 70 2.75 3032 1.181.25 38134 1.505.28 187 7.36 36 1.42 36 1.42 39 1.53
TMAH 46 44 1.73 89 3.50 4043 1.571.69 48156 1.89-6.14 229 9.02 46 1.81 46 1.81 45 2.16
E
C D G
F
A
B
H
84
SKF Belt Alignment Tools
One of the common reasons for unplanned downtime of belt-driven
machinery is pulley misalignment. Pulley misalignment can increase wear
on pulleys and belts as well as increasing the noise and vibration level,
that can result in unplanned machinery downtime. Another side effect
of increased vibration is premature bearing failure. This too can cause
unplanned machinery downtime.
Traditional belt alignment methods

These methods are usually visual in combination with a straight edge
and/or length of string. Although quick to perform, they are often
inaccurate.
Laser belt alignment methods

Using a laser belt alignment tool is quicker and more accurate than
traditional methods. Belt alignment tools can either align the pulley
faces or the pulley grooves.
Measuring parallel and angular
misalignment using a straight edge Accurate pulley and belt alignment can help you:
or a piece of string Increase bearing life
Increase machinery uptime, efficiency and productivity
Reduce wear on pulleys and belts
Reduce friction and thereby energy consumption
Reduce noise and vibration
Reduce costs of replacing components and machinery downtime
A
n
B
n
C
n
D
n
A
n Vertical angle misalignment

B
n Parallel misalignment

n
C Horizontal angle misalignment

D
n Correct alignment

85
Beltdriven machinery downtime caused by misalignment is a thing of the past
SKF TKBA Series

SKF offers a range of three different belt alignment tools to enable accurate alignment
for almost all applications. The tools are designed to be easy to use without any special
training. The laser position indicates the nature of misalignment allowing easy and
accurate adjustment.
TKBA 10 and TKBA 20 TKBA 40

Versatile tools for pulley and sprocket alignment Highly accurate tool for V-belt pulley alignment
The SKF TKBA 10 and TKBA 20 allow pulleys and sprockets to be The SKF TKBA 40 aligns V-belt pulleys in the grooves. Vguides and
aligned on the side face. The unit magnetically attaches to the inside powerful magnets allow the TKBA 40 to be fitted in the grooves of the
or outside face of almost any belt pulley or chain sprocket and has no pulley. With only two components, a laseremitting unit and a receiver
small parts or targets that can get lost. A laser line is projected from the unit, the belt alignment tool is easy and fast to attach. The three
transmitter unit to the reflector unit mounted on the opposite pulley. dimensional target area on the receiver unit allows the easy detection
A reference line on the reflector unit directly indicates the offset and of misalignment as well as its nature; whether it is horizontal, vertical,
vertical angle misalignment. The reflected laser line shown on the parallel or a combination of all three.
transmitter unit shows the horizontal angle misalignment of all three.
Powerful magnets allow fast and easy attachment
Powerful magnets allow fast and easy attachment Three-dimensional target area simplifies the alignment process
Facilitates simultaneous adjustment of tension and alignment Facilitates simultaneous adjustment of tension and alignment
Can be used on almost all machines using V belts, banded belts, V-guides facilitate the alignment of a wide range of V-belt pulleys
ribbed belts and most other belts as well as chain sprockets Aligns grooves of a V-belt pulley rather than its face, allowing optimum
SKF TKBA 10 utilises a red laser and can be used for distances alignment of pulleys of unequal width or with dissimilar faces
up to 3 m (10 ft) A maximum operating distance of 6 m (20 ft) accommodates many
SKF TKBA 20 utilises a highly visible green laser and can be used applications
for distances up to 6 m (20 ft). It can even be used outdoors Special side adaptor allowing alignment of multi-ribbed and timing
in sunny conditions belt pulleys as well as sprockets is available as accessory
Sturdy aluminium housings help ensure assembly stability and
accuracy during the alignment process
86
SKF Belt Tension System
SKF Belt Frequency Meter
For additional information, please refer to our

TKBA 10 TKBA 20 publications 6804 EN (6702 EN) and 6479 EN
or online at: www.skfptp.com
Technical data
Designation TKBA 10 TKBA 20 TKBA 40
Type of laser Red laser diode Green laser diode Red laser diode
Laser 1 Built-in class 2 laser, <1 mW, 635 nm 1 Built-in class 2 laser, <1 mW, 532 nm 1 Built-in class 2 laser, <1 mW, 632 nm
Laser line length 2 m at 2 m (6.6 ft at 6.6 ft) 2 m at 2 m (6.6 ft at 6.6 ft) 3 m at 2 m (9.8 ft at 6.6 ft)
Measurement accuracy angular Better than 0,02 at 2 m (6.6 ft) Better than 0,02 at 2 m (6.6 ft) Better than 0,2
Measurement accuracy offset Better than 0,5 mm (0.02 in.) Better than 0,5 mm (0.02 in.) Better than 0,5 mm (0.02 in.)
Measurement distance 50 mm to 3 000 mm (2 in. to 10 ft) 50 mm to 6 000 mm (2 in. to 20 ft) 50 mm to 6 000 mm (2 in. to 20 ft)
Control Laser on/off rocker switch Laser on/off rocker switch Laser on/off switch
Housing material Aluminum, powder coat finish Aluminum, powder coat finish Extruded aluminium
Dimensions
Transmitter unit 169 51 37 mm (6.65 2.0 1.5 in.) 169 51 37 mm (6.65 2.0 1.5 in.) 70 74 61 mm (2.8 2.9 2.4 in.)
Receiver unit 169 51 37 mm (6.5 2.0 1.5 in.) 169 51 37 mm (6.5 2.0 1.5 in.) 96 74 61 mm (3.8 2.9 2.4 in.)
Reflector dimensions 22 32 mm (0.9 1.3 in.) 22 32 mm (0.9 1.3 in.) N/A
Weight
Transmitter unit 365 g (0.8 lbs) 365 g (0.8 lbs) 320 g (0.7 lbs)
Receiver unit 340 g (0.7 lbs) 340 g (0.7 lbs) 270 g (0.6 lbs)
Mounting Magnetic, side mounted Magnetic, side mounted Magnetic, groove mounted
(optional side adapter TMEB A2)
V-guides N/A N/A Size 1: 22 mm, short rods (3 pairs)
Size 2: 22 mm, long rods (3 pairs)
Size 3: 40 mm, short rods (3 pairs)
Size 4: 40 mm, long rods (3 pairs)
Battery 2 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 2 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 2 AA Alkaline type IEC LR03
Operation time 25 hours continuous operation 8 hours continuous operation 20 hours continuous operation
Carrying case dimensions 260 85 180 mm (10.3 3.4 7.0 in.) 260 85 180 mm (10.3 3.4 7.0 in.) 260 85 180 mm (10.3 3.4 7.0 in.)
Total weight (incl. case) 1,3 kg (2.9 lbs) 1,3 kg (2.9 lbs) 1,3 kg (2.9 lbs)
Operating temperature 0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F) 0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F) 0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F)
Storage temperature 20 to +60 C (4 to +140 F) 20 to +60 C (4 to +140 F) 20 to +65 C (4 to +150 F)
Relative humidity 10 to 90% RH non-condensing 10 to 90% RH non-condensing 10 to 90% RH non-condensing
IP rating IP 40 IP 40 IP 40
Calibration certificate Valid for two years Valid for two years Valid for two years
87
Basic condition monitoring
Basic condition monitoring is essential for achieving maximum bearing service life
To help ensure long bearing service life, it is important to To help you achieve the maximum service life from
determine the condition of machinery and bearings while your bearings, SKF has developed a wide range of
in operation. Good predictive maintenance will help reduce instruments for analysing the critical environmental
machine downtime and decrease overall maintenance costs. conditions which have an impact on bearing and
machine performance.
Maintenance concepts
Run to failure
Run to Failure Run to failure occurs when repair action is not taken until a problem
Cost of results in machine failure. Run to failure problems often cause
maintenance Preventive
per year
costly secondary damage along with unplanned downtime and
Predictive maintenance costs.
Maintenance Program
Maintenance cost comparisons.
August Preventive maintenance

Preventive maintenance implies that a machine, or parts of a
machine, are overhauled on a regular basis regardless of the
condition of the parts. While preferable to run to failure maintenance,
preventive maintenance is costly because of excessive downtime from
unnecessary overhauls and the cost of replacing good parts along
with worn parts.
Preventive maintenance is similar to the regular service of a car.
Often, unnecessary maintenance is performed.
Potential for failure

Predictive maintenance
Condition Vibration analysis Condition monitoring/predictive maintenance is the process of
Lubricant analysis determining the condition of machinery while in operation. This
Temperature changes
Opportunity enables the repair of problem components prior to failure. Condition
for corrective Operator inspection
action monitoring not only helps plant personnel reduce the possibility of
Noise
catastrophic failure, but also allows them to order parts in advance,
Failure
schedule manpower, and plan other repairs during the downtime.
Time With condition monitoring, machinery analysis takes two overlapping
forms: predictive and diagnostic.
Condition based maintenance means repairs are only carried

out when required.
88
SKF has developed a comprehensive range of basic Subsequently, minor defects can be corrected quickly,
condition monitoring tools suitable for Operator Driven as the operator can undertake simple adjustment and
Reliability (ODR) and maintenance technicians. Under repair tasks.
ODR, some maintenance practices are owned, managed, Maintenance technicians also have need for basic
and performed by operators. Often, the operators are the condition monitoring tools. If, for example, abnormal
best persons equipped for basic inspection activities, as vibrations are detected or if an operator reports an
they know their part of the plant very well. They are often abnormal running condition, then the technician can
sensitive to minor changes in sounds and vibrations that often use some basic condition monitoring tools to detect
may not be apparent to someone lacking their front-line the root cause for further evaluation.
experience.
SKF basic condition monitoring tools can be used to check a number of properties:
Temperature
Since the dawn of the industrial age, operators and technicians know
that abnormal temperatures often indicate that something is wrong
with the machine. Such instruments as thermometers and thermal
imagers can help find and then measure these hotspots, allowing
further analysis to be conducted.
Speed
Machines are usually designed to run at a given speed. If the speed
is too slow or too fast, then the overall process can be compromised.
Using a hand-held tachometer enables a quick and easy assessment
of the machines running speed.
Visual
Visual inspection of a machines condition can sometimes be difficult
when its running or when there is a need to inspect the machine
internally. A stroboscope can be used to visually freeze the motion of
a machine to allow such things as fan blades, couplings and belt drives
to be inspected while running.
To inspect the internal parts of a machine often requires disassembly.
By using an endoscope, it is possible to access the area of interest with
minimal disassembly, saving time and money.
89
Sound
Abnormal sounds from machines often indicate that something is
wrong. A stethoscope can be used to help pinpoint the source of the
sound and can aid the technician in identifying the problem. Leaks in
compressed air systems are costly, not only in energy costs but also due
to extra costs in air compressor maintenance. Ultrasonic leak detectors
can help detect leaks efficiently, allowing the necessary repairs to be
made. Excessive noise can cause worker fatigue, increased accidents
and loss of hearing. A sound pressure meter can measure the sound
level, allowing corrective measures to be made.
Electrical discharge currents

Electrical discharges are a result of motor shaft voltages discharging
to earth through the bearing, causing electrical erosion, lubricant
degradation and ultimately bearing failure. An electrical discharge
detector can help detect the presence of electrical discharge currents,
allowing remedial action to be taken.
Vibration
Abnormal vibrations are often the first indication of a potential machine
failure. These vibrations can be caused by such conditions as unbalance,
misalignment, looseness of parts, rolling element bearing and gear
damage. Vibration analysis instruments and systems, can help detect
many serious problems at an early stage, allowing remedial work to be
undertaken in a timely manner.
Lubricant condition
To maintain the optimum condition of rolling element bearings, it is
essential that the lubricant is in good condition. Checking the oil or
grease condition at regular intervals can reduce downtime and greatly
prolong the life of rolling element bearings.
90
SKF Thermometers
SKF Thermometers are suitable for a wide range of applications. The pocket sized SKF TMTP 200
is a user friendly instrument with a sturdy flexible probe tip enabling many surface temperatures
to be measured. The SKF TKDT 10 has a wide temperature measurement range and has the
option to accommodate up to two SKF temperature probes.
TMTP 200 TKDT 10

Compact, ergonomic design Large back-lit LCD display
Flexible probe tip for better surface contact, providing high Can be used with an optional second SKF temperature probe enabling
measuring accuracy either probe temperature, or the temperature difference between the
Maximum temperature function allows temperature peak hold probes, to be displayed.
Auto power off function with very low power consumption Can be used with an optional second SKF temperature probe enabling
either probe temperature, or the temperature difference between the
probes, to be displayed.
Temperature display can be frozen for ease of reading
User selectable auto power off function increases battery life
Technical data
Designation TMTP 200 TKDT 10
Display 3 digit LCD Large back-lit LCD
Displayed resolution 1 for the entire range 0,1 up to 1 000 , otherwise 1
Measurement modes Max Min, max, average, differential, dual temperature reading
Measurement units C, F C, F, K
Temperature using probe 40 to +200 C (40 to +392 F) 200 to +1 372 C (328 to +2 501 F)
Accuracy 1,5 C (2.7 F) (acc. DIN IEC 584 class 1) >100 C (>148 F): 0.5% of reading 1 C (1.8 F)
Probe compatibility N/A 2 Type-K connectors
Probe supplied Embedded K-type thermocouple (NiCr/NiAl) TMDT 2-30, suitable for use up to 900 C (1 650 F)
Battery 3 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 3 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
Operation time 4 000 hours typical use 18 hours typical use (backlight on)
Product dimensions 165 50 21 mm (6.5 2 0.8 in.) 160 63 30 mm (6.3 2.5 1.2 in.)
Product weight 95 g (0.2 lbs) 200 g (0.4 lbs)
91
SKF Infrared thermometers
Infrared thermometers are portable, lightweight instruments for safely measuring
temperature at a distance. They are extremely user-friendly; simply aim and pull the
trigger and the temperature is shown on the display. These robust instruments are
equipped with a back-lit display and laser sighting. They are fitted with a bright LED
illuminator to allow the application object to be seen even in poorly lit environments.
D:S = 16:1 D:S = 16:1 D:S = 50:1
e = 0,95 e = 0,11,0 e = 0,11,0
TKTL 10 TKTL 20 TKTL 30

An infrared thermometer thats an An infrared and contact thermometer An infrared and contact temperature
essential tool for every technician offering versatile temperature thermometer with a wide measurement
measurement options range and dual laser sighting
Maximum temperature always shown; Supplied with temperature probe TMDT Dual laser sighting feature defines the
helps identify the real hotspots 2-30 (max. 900 C (1 652 F)); suitable for diameter of the area being measured; helps
Auto shut off feature; helps optimise many direct contact applications the user to precisely pin-point the
battery life Can be used with any SKF temperature temperature measurement area
Colour display with temperature trend probe Supplied with temperature probe TMDT
indication User selectable, multiple temperature 2-30 (max. 900 C (1 652 F)); suitable for
measurement modes including: maximum, many direct contact applications
minimum, average, differential and probe/ Can be used with any SKF temperature
infrared dual display, scan function probe
User selectable high and low alarm levels User selectable, multiple temperature
with audible warning signal measurement modes including: maximum,
Mode dependant auto shut off feature minimum, average, differential and probe/
optimises battery life infrared dual display, scan function
Colour display with temperature trend User selectable high and level alarm levels
indication with audible warning signal
Mode dependant auto shut off feature
optimises battery life
92
When used in non-contact mode, the thermometer senses the
thermal energy radiated from an object with an infrared detector.
When pointed at an object, the infrared detector collects energy,
producing a signal that the microprocessor translates as a reading
on the backlit display.
As the trigger is squeezed, the object temperature is continuously
D:S = 50:1
measured by the infrared detector. This allows for fast and accurate
realtime readings.
e = 0,11,0
TKTL 40
Supplied with temperature probe TMDT 2-30 (max. 900 C (1 652 F))
An infrared and contact temperature thermometer with for direct contact applications. Can also be used with any other SKF
video and data logging capabilities temperature probe
User selectable, multiple temperature measurement modes including:
maximum, minimum, average, differential and probe/infrared
Built-in camera allows pictures and videos, with all measurement dual display
information to be taken, stored, recalled and exported to PC Data logging function can be used to visualise temperature changes
Environmental properties such as ambient, dew point and wet-bulb over time
temperatures, as well as relative humidity, can be displayed and stored User selectable high and low alarm levels with audible warning signal
Dual laser sighting defines the temperature measurement area User selectable auto shut off feature optimises the rechargeable
battery life
TKTL 10 TKTL 20 TKTL 30 TKTL 40

Temperature range using infrared 60 to +625 C 60 to +625 C 60 to +1 000 C 50 to +1 000 C
(76 to +1 157 F) (76 to +1 157 F) (76 to +1 832 F) (58 to +1 832 F)
Temperature range using probe 64 to +1 400 C 64 to +1 400 C 50 to +1 370 C
(83 to +1 999 F) (83 to +1 999 F) (58 to +2 498 F)
Distance to spot size 16:1 16:1 50:1 50:1
Emissivity Pre-set 0,95 0,11,0 0,11,0 0,11,0
93
Technical data
Designation TKTL 10 TKTL 20 TKTL 30 TKTL 40
Probe supplied TMDT 2-30, suitable for use up TMDT 2-30, suitable for use TMDT 2-30, suitable for use up
to 900 C (1 650 F) up to 900 C (1 650 F) to 900 C (1 650 F)
Full range accuracy Tobj = 0 to 625 C 2% Tobj = 0 to 635 C 2% 2% of reading or 2 C (4 F) 20 to 500 C: 1% of reading or
of reading or 2 C (4 F) of reading or 2 C (4 F) whichever is greater 1 C (1.8 F) whichever is greater
whichever is greater whichever is greater 500 to 1 000 C: 1,5% of reading
50 to +20 C: 3,5 C (6.3 F)
Environmental limits Operation 0 to 50 C Operation 0 to 50 C Operation 0 to 50 C Operation 0 to 50 C
(32 to 122 F) (32 to 122 F) (32 to 122 F) (32 to 122 F)
10 to 95% relative humidity 10 to 95% relative humidity 10 to 95% relative humidity 10 to 95% relative humidity
Storage 20 to +65 C Storage 20 to +65 C Storage 20 to +65 C Storage 10 to +60 C
(4 to +149 F) (4 to +149 F) (4 to +149 F) (14 to 150 F)
10 to 95% relative humidity 10 to 95% relative humidity 10 to 95% relative humidity 10 to 95% relative humidity
Response time (90%) <1 000 ms <1 000 ms <1 000 ms <300 ms
LCD display resolution 0,1 C/F from 9,9 to ~199,9 0,1 C/F from 9,9 to ~199,9 0,1 C/F from 9,9 to ~199,9 0,1 up to 1 000 ,
otherwise 1 C/F otherwise 1 C/F otherwise 1 C/F otherwise 1
Spectral response 814 m 814 m 814 m 814 m
User selectable backlit No, permanently on On/Off On/Off No, permanently on
display
User selectable laser pointer No, permanently on On/Off On/Off On/Off
Measurement modes Max temperature Max, min, average, differential, Max, min, average, differential, Max, min, average, differential,
probe/IR dual temperature probe/IR dual temperature probe/IR dual temperature
modes modes modes
Alarm modes High and low level alarm level High and low level alarm level High and low level alarm level
with warning bleep with warning bleep with audible alarm
Laser Class 2 Class 2 Class 2 Class 2
Dimensions 195 70 48 mm 195 70 48 mm 203 197 47 mm 205 155 62 mm
(7.7 2.7 1.9 in.) (7.7 2.7 1.9 in.) (8.0 7.7 1.8 in.) (8.1 6.1 2.4 in.)
Packaging Carton box Sturdy carrying case Sturdy carrying case Sturdy carrying case
Carrying case dimensions 530 85 180 mm 530 85 180 mm 530 85 180 mm
(20.9 3.4 7.0 in.) (20.9 3.4 7.0 in.) (20.9 3.4 7.0 in.)
Weight 230 g (0.5 lb) Total: 1 100 g (2.4 lb) Total: 1 300 g (2.9 lb) Total: 1 600 g (2.53 lb)
TKTL 20: 230 g (0.50 lb) TKTL 30: 370 g (0.815 lb) TKTL 40: 600 g (1.32 lb)
Battery 2 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 2 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 2 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 1 Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
Battery lifetime 18 hours 18 hours 140 hours with laser and 4 hours continuous use
backlight off
Otherwise 18 hours
Auto switch off Yes User selectable User selectable User selectable
HVAC functionalities Wet bulb, dew point, humidity,
air temperature
Photo and video mode 640 480 camera, images
(JPEG) and video (3 GP)
Memory/PC connection 310 MB internal memory.
Expandable using micro SD
memory card (8 GB max.)
/ mini USB cable
Technical data Thermocouple probes

Probe type Ktype thermocouple (NiCr/NiAl) acc. IEC 584 Class 1
Accuracy 1,5 C (2.7 F) up to 375 C (707 F)
0,4% of reading above 375 C (707 F)
Handle 110 mm (4.3 in.) long
Cable 1 000 mm (39.4 in.) spiral cable
(excl. TMDT 2-31, -38, -39, 41)
Plug Ktype miniplug (1 260-K)
94
SKF K-type Thermocouple Probes TMDT 2 series
For use with SKF Infrared Thermometers TKTL 20, TKTL 30 and TKTL 40
Dimensions (mm) Designation Description Max. Response

temp time
130 TMDT 2-30 Standard surface probe

8 For hard surfaces such as bearings, bearing housings, engine blocks, oven 900 C 2,3 s
shields, etc. (1 650 F)
130 TMDT 2-43 Heavy duty surface probe

8 Same as TMDT 2-30, but with a silicone encapsulated tip for heavy duty 300 C 3,0 s
applications. (570 F)
130 8 TMDT 2-32 Insulated surface probe

For hard surfaces where electrical wiring might cause short circuiting, e.g. 200 C 2,3 s
electric motors, transformers, etc. (390 F)
250 TMDT 2-33 Right angle surface probe

8 For hard surfaces in heavy-duty applications, e.g. machine components, 450 C 8,0 s
engines, etc. (840 F)
TMDT 2-31 Magnetic surface probe

For hard, magnetic surfaces; the integral heat sink design and low mass 240 C 7,0 s
14 minimise thermal inertia and provide an accurate temperature measurement. (460 F)
130 TMDT 2-35 Probe with sharp tip

3 Can be easily inserted into semi-solid materials like food-stuffs, meat, plastic, 600 C 12,0 s
asphalt, deep-frozen products, etc. (1 110 F)
TMDT 2-36 Pipe clamp probe

35 max. For temperature measuring on pipes, cables, etc. Diameter up to 35 mm 200 C 8,0 s
(1.4 in.). (390 F)
1 000 TMDT 2-38 Wire probe

1,5 Thin, lightweight, very fast response, fibreglass insulated. 300 C 5,0 s
(570 F)
1 500 TMDT 2-39 High temperature wire probe

Thin, light weight, very fast response, ceramic insulation. 1 350 C 6,0 s
2,9 4,5
(2 460 F)
250 TMDT 2-34 Gas and liquid probe

3 Flexible shank made of stainless steel for liquids, oils, acids, etc. and for use 1 100 C 12,0 s
with high temperatures, e.g. open fire (not for molten metals). (2 010 F)
130 TMDT 2-34/1.5 Gas and liquid probe

1,5 Same as TMDT 2-34 but with thin shank and faster response time. Very 900 C 6,0 s
flexible, especially suitable for measuring temperature of gases. (1 650 F)
TMDT 2-40 Rotating probe

D 50 mm For moving or rotating smooth surfaces. Four roller bearings provide suitable 200 C 0,6 s
contact with the surfaces. Max. velocity 500 m/min. (390 F)
TMDT 2-41 Non-ferrous foundry probe

1 500 1 260 C 30,0 s
Holder including dip-element for molten, non-ferrous metals. Highly resistant
to corrosion and oxidation at high temperatures. (2 300 F)
TMDT 2-42 Ambient temperature probe

For measurement of ambient temperature.
10 metres TMDT 2-37 Extension cable

For use with all K-type probes. Special lengths are available on request.
All probes can be used with the SKF digital thermometers TKTL 20, TKTL 30 and TKTL 40 without recalibration.
95
Thermal imaging
Detect hot spots before they cause you trouble
Using an SKF Thermal camera is a proactive way to help you detect problems before they
occur, increasing uptime and improving safety. They allow you to be able to visualise potential
problems, invisible to the naked eye, by presenting a picture of the heat distribution of an asset.
The thermal image, presented on a large LCD screen, shows you where the temperature is
either too hot or too cold allowing you to pinpoint potential problems fast.
SKF Thermal Cameras allow you to:

Detect problems before they occur
Inspect your running equipment under full load,
minimising production interference
Safely inspect difficult to access live electrical equipment
Inspect your plant under varying running conditions, allowing
you to determine the potential causes of intermittent faults
Reduce production losses due to unplanned downtime
Reduce the time necessary for planned shutdowns
Reduce your maintenance and repair costs
Increase your equipments lifetime and mean time between
failures (MTBF)
Increase your plant availability and reliability
Realise a high return on your investment when used as a part
of a well-run proactive maintenance programme
160 120 380 280
TKTI 21 TKTI 31
Easy hotspot detection and pinpointing at moderate distances High resolution thermal imaging capability
Alarm function alerts you to troublesome hot spots (40% more pixels than a 320 240 thermal camera)
Advanced display options available for experienced thermographers Wide temperature range from 20 to +600 C (4 to +1 112 F)
Suitable for many thermal imaging applications at far distances
96
Analysis and reporting software suite
Unique SKF software designed by and for real users
Comprehensive analysis and reporting options are simple to use
Easily produce professional results
Image Analysis Report
CW pump motor #6
IR_19
Date created: 02/07/2013 15:30 Global emissivity: 0.96
Location: Reflected temperature: 26.3C
Operator: Ambient temperature: 26.3C
Infrared camera: SKF TKTI 31 Min temperature / emissivity: 22.9C / 0.96
Machine designation: Max temperature / emissivity: 76.7C / 0.96
76.8C
24.4C
Measurements / annotations
1 Avg: 62.3C Min: 24.4C 3 Temperature: 71.3C 5 Temperature: 63.9C

Emissivity: 0.96 Max: 76.7C Emissivity: 0.96 Emissivity: 0.96
2 Avg: 59.1C Min: 32.1C 4 Avg: 66.2C Min: 31.8C

Emissivity: 0.96 Max: 76.0C Emissivity: 0.96 Max: 76.7C
Rugged and ready

Designed for use in tough work environments
Wide operating temperature from 15 to +50 C (5 to 122 F)
Supplied with two user rechargeable batteries which allow for Water splash
almost constant use
IP54
Dust protected
Easy to use
Tactile button feedback allows use with gloves
Simple, but comprehensive, menu structure
Camera, with good weight balance, reduces user fatigue
Live thermal pictures can be displayed on standard TV
monitor (PAL/NTSC)
97
Visual and thermal
Overheating conveyor bearing Distribution line faults
Fused disconnect Steam traps
TKTI21 TKTI31
Mechanical
Bearings and housings
Belt and chain drives
Conveyor belt bearings
Coupling alignment
Heat exchangers
HVAC
Loose bolts
Pipe insulation
Pumps
Refractory insulation
Steam traps
Tank levels
Valves
Electrical
Electric motors, inc junction boxes
Electrical cabinet inspections
Electrical connection problems, incl. unbalanced loads, fuses and overloads
Power line connections
Power lines
Powerline capacitors
Transformer bushings
Transformer cooling and electrical
Buildings
Buildings - indoors - insulation, moisture
Buildings - outdoors - moisture, heat, insulation, energy audits, roofs
98
Technical data
Designation TKTI 21 TKTI 31
Performance
Thermal detector (FPA) 160 120 uncooled FPA microbolometer 380 280 uncooled FPA microbolometer
Display 3.5 in. colour LCD with LED backlight, 3.5 in. colour LCD with LED backlight,
11 colour palettes, thermal or visual image 11 colour palettes, thermal or visual image
Thermal sensitivity NETD 100 mK (0.10 C) at 23 C (73 F) ambient NETD 60 mK (0.06 C) at 23 C (73 F) ambient
and 30 C (86 F) scene temperature and 30 C (86 F) scene temperature
Field of view (FOV) 25 19 25 19
Spectral range 814 microns 814 microns
Theoretical spatial resolution IFOV 2.77 mrad 1.15 mrad
Measureable spatial resolution IFOV 8.31 mrad 3.46 mrad
Accuracy The greater of 2 C or 2% of reading in C The greater of 2 C or 2% of reading in C
Focus Manual, easy turn ring, mininum distance 10 cm (3.9 in.) Manual, easy turn ring, mininum distance 10 cm (3.9 in.)
Visual camera 1.3 Megapixel digital camera 1.3 Megapixel digital camera
Laser pointer Built-in class 2 laser Built-in class 2 laser
Frame rate and image frequency 9 Hz 9 Hz
Measurement
Standard mode 20 to +350 C (4 to +662 F) 20 to +180 C (4 to +356 F)
High temperature mode N/A 100 to 600 C (212 to 1 112 F)
Measurement modes Up to 4 movable spots. Up to 3 movable areas and 2 movable lines (maximum, minimum and average temperatures).
Automatic temperature difference. Hot and cold spots. Visual and audible alarms. Isotherms.
Emissivity correction User selectable 0.1 to 1.0 in steps of 0.01 with reflected and ambient temperature compensation. Emissivity can be
individually adjusted on each cursor. Emissivity table of common surfaces built-in.
Image Storage
Medium 2 GB Micro SD card 2 GB Micro SD card
Number Up to 10 000 images on Micro SD card supplied Up to 10 000 images on Micro SD card supplied
Voice annotation Input via built-in microphone for up to 60 seconds Input via built-in microphone for up to 60 seconds
clip per image clip per image
Software Included SKF TKTI Thermal Camerasuite. Comprehensive image analysis and report generation software compatible
with TKTI 21 and TKTI 31, Free updates available on SKF.com
Computer requirements PC with Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7 or above PC with Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7 or above
Connections
PC connection Mini USB connector for image export to PC software Mini USB connector for image export to PC software
(Cable provided) (Cable provided)
External DC input 12 V DC Input connector (DC Charger not provided) 12 V DC Input connector (DC Charger not provided)
Video output 1 Mini-jack output for live image viewing 1 Mini-jack output for live image viewing
(mini-jack to video cable provided) (mini-jack to video cable provided)
Mounting Handheld and tripod mounting 0.25 in. BSW. Handheld and tripod mounting 0.25 in. BSW.
Battery and Power
Battery 2 14,8 W, 7,4 V standard camcorder Li-ion batteries. 2 14,8 W, 7,4 V standard camcorder Li-ion batteries.
Rechargeable and field replaceable Rechargeable and field replaceable
Operation time Up to 4 hours continuous operation with 80% brightness Up to 4 hours continuous operation with 80% brightness
Power adapter External 100240 V, 5060 Hz AC battery compact External 100240 V, 5060 Hz AC battery compact
charger with Europe cable, USA, UK and Australian plugs charger with Europe cable, USA, UK and Australian plugs
Charging time 2 hours and 45 minutes 2 hours and 45 minutes
Complete system
Contents Thermal camera TKTI 21 with 2 batteries; AC Battery Thermal camera TKTI 31 with 2 batteries; AC Battery
Charger; Micro SD card (2GB); Mini USB to USB Charger; Micro SD card (2GB); Mini USB to USB
connection cable; Mini-jack to video connection cable; connection cable; Mini-jack to video connection cable;
Micro SD card to USB adapter; CD containing instructions Micro SD card to USB adapter; CD containing instructions
for use and PC software; Certificate of calibration and for use and PC software; Certificate of calibration and
conformance; Quick start guide (English); Carrying case. conformance; Quick start guide (English); Carrying case.
Warranty 2 years standard warranty 2 years standard warranty

Weight (incl. battery) 1,1 kg (2.42 lb) 1,1 kg (2.42 lb)
99
Pinpoint accuracy combined with measurement versatility
SKF Tachometer Series

The SKF Tachometers are fast and accurate instruments utilizing laser or contact to measure
rotational and linear speeds. Equipped with a laser and a range of contact adapters, they are
versatile instruments that suit a wide range of applications. Having a compact design, they can
be operated with just one hand and are supplied in a sturdy carrying case.
TKRT 10 TKRT 20
Wide speed measurement range: up to 99 999 r/min for laser The user can select the following to measure:
measurement and 20 000 r/min using contact adapters rpm, rps, m, ft or yds per minute or second,
Measurement modes include; rotational speed, total revolutions, length or revolution counting, or
frequency, surface speed and length in both metric and imperial units time interval
Laser can be used for safe and quick, non-contact rotational speed Wide speed range and the various measurement modes make the
measurements at distances up to 0.5 m (20 in.) SKF TKRT 20 suitable for measuring speed in many applications
Large back-lit LCD display enables easy reading in almost all Large angular range of 80 to target facilitates easy measuring in
light conditions areas where straightline access is difficult
Angular range of 45 to target helps facilitate easy measuring The laser optical system allows easy and quick measurements at a
Up to 10 readings can be stored for later reference safe distance from rotating machinery
The large inverting LCD display facilitates easy reading, even when
pointing the unit down into the machinery
The SKF TKRT 20 can also be equipped with a remote laser sensor,
which is optionally available
100
The laser optical system allows
easy and quick measurements
at a safe distance from rotating
machinery.
Technical data
Designation TKRT 10 TKRT 20
Display 5 digit LCD backlit display Inverting vertical 5 digit LCD
Memory 10 readings memories Last reading held for 1 minute
Measurement
Optical modes r/min, hertz r/min and r/s (also count and time interval)
Contact modes r/min, metres, inches, yards, feet, per min, hertz r/min and r/s, metres, yards, feet, per min and per sec
Count modes total revs, metres, feet, yards total revs, metres, feet, yards
Sampling time 0,5 seconds (over 120 r/min) 0,8 seconds or time between pulses
0,1 seconds auto-selection in max or min capture mode
Linear speed 0,2 to 1 500 metres/min (4 500 ft/min) 0,3 to 1 500 metres/min (4 500 ft/min) or equivalent in seconds
Optical measurement
Rotational speed range 3 to 99 999 r/min 3 to 99 999 r/min
Accuracy 0,05% of reading 1 digit 0,01% of reading 1 digit
Measuring distance 50 to 500 mm (1.9 to 19.7 in.) 50 to 2 000 mm (1.9 to 78.7 in.)
Angle of operation 45 80
Laser sensor 1 built-in class 2 laser 1 built-in class 2 laser
Remote laser sensor N/A Optional TMRT 1-56
Contact measurement
Rotational speed range 2 to 20 000 r/min Max. 50 000 r/min for 10 sec
Accuracy 1% of reading 1 digit 1% of reading 1 digit
Contact adaptors Included with conical tip, conical recess and wheel Included with r/min cone and removable metric wheel assembly
Battery 1 9 V alkaline type IEC 6F22 4 AAA alkaline type IEC LR03
Operation time 12 hours continuous use 24 hours continuous use
Product dimensions 160 60 42 mm (6.3 2.4 1.7 in.) 213 40 39 mm (8.3 1.5 1.5 in.)
Product weight 160 g (0.35 lbs) 170 g (0.37 lbs)
Operating temperature 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F) 0 to 40 C (32 to 104F)
Storage temperature 10 to +50 C (14 to 122 F) 10 to +50 C (14 to 122 F)
Relative humidity 10 to 90% RH non-condensing 10 to 90% RH non-condensing
IP rating IP 40 IP 40
101
Easy, cost effective inspection in a flash
SKF Stroboscopes TKRS series

The SKF Stroboscopes, TKRS 10 and TKRS 20 are portable, compact, easy-to-use
stroboscopes that enable the motion of rotating or reciprocating machinery to appear frozen.
They allow such applications as fan blades, couplings, gear wheels, machine tool spindles and
belt drives to be inspected while running. TKRS stroboscopes are useful for ODR programmes
and are an essential instrument for maintenance technicians.
TKRS 10 TKRS 20
Flash rates of up to 12 500 flashes per minute cover a wide Low energy consuming LED light source lets the rechargeable
range of applications power pack to typically operate for at least twelve hours
Easy to read LCD display Bright and powerful flash gives a good target illumination at a
Xenon flashtube source lasts for at least 100 million flashes distance, with a focused viewing area, and is ideal for outdoor use
Supplied with an extra flashtube to minimise unit downtime Flash rates of up to 300 000 flashes per minute cover most high
Rechargeable power pack alllows up to 2,5 hours of use speed applications. For routine inspections, the powerful lamp mode
between charging is useful
A remote optical sensor is included enabling the flash rate to be easily
triggered, and also enables the stroboscope to be used as
a tachometer
Easy to read LCD display shows user settings, and enables the ten
The TKRS series have the following features: user programmable flash rate memories to be quickly recalled
Ergonomic controls enable the flash rate to be set in a matter Using the optional cable TKRS C1, the TKRS 20 can be connected to a
of seconds SKF Microlog
Phase shift mode enables the viewing of the object of interest to
be rotated to the correct position for viewing; especially useful
for gear wheels and fan blade inspection
For ease of use for extended periods, they are equipped with a
tripod mounting thread
Supplied in a sturdy carrying case with universal charger
102
Technical data
Designation TKRS 10 TKRS 20

Flash rate range 40 to 12 500 flashes per minute (f/min.) 30 to 300 000 flashes per minute (f/min.)
Optical sensor flash rate range Not applicable 30 to 100 000 f/min.
Flash rate accuracy 0,5 f/min. or 0,01% of reading, 1 f/min. or 0,01% of reading,
whichever is greater whichever is greater
Flash setting and display resolution 100 to 9 999 f/min.; 0,1 f/min., 30 to 9 999 f/min.; 0,1 f/min.,
10 000 to 12 500 f/min.; 1 f/min. 10 000 to 300 000 f/min.; 1 f/min.
Tachometer range 40 to 59 000 r/min. 30 to 300 000 r/min.
Tachometer accuracy 0,5 r/min. or 0,01% of reading, 0,5 r/min. or 0,01% of reading,
whichever is greater whichever is greater
Flash source Xenon tube: 10 W LED
Flash duration 915 ms 0,15
Light power 154 mJ per flash 1 600 lux at 6 000 f/min. at 0,2 m (8 in.)
Power pack type NiMH, rechargeable and removable NiMH, rechargeable and removable
Power pack charge time 24 hours 24 hours
Run time per charge 2,5 hours at 1 600 f/min., 12 hours typical usage
1,25 hours at 3 200 f/min. 6 hours with optical sensor
Battery charger AC input 100240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 100240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Display 8 character by 2 line LCD, alphanumeric 8 character by 2 line LCD, alphanumeric
Display update continuous continuous
Controls Power, 2, 1/2, phase shift, external trigger Power, 2, 1/2, phase shift, external trigger,
pulse length and memory
External trigger input 05 V TTL type via stereo phono jack 05 V TTL type via stereo phono jack
EXTL. trigger to flash delay 5 ms maximum 5 ms maximum
Clock output 05 V TTL Type signal via stereo phono jack Type signal via stereo phono jack
Weight 650 g (1 lb, 7 oz.) 600 g (1 lb, 5 oz.)
Operating temperature 10 to 40 C (50 to 104 F) 10 to 40 C (50 to 104 F)
Storage temperature 20 to +45 C (4 to +113 F) 20 to +45 C (4 to +113 F)
103
Fast and easy inspection with video function
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10 series

SKF Endoscopes are first line inspection tools that can be used for internal
inspection of machinery. They help minimise the need to disassemble
machinery for inspection, saving time and money. The compact display unit,
with 3.5 backlit screen, allows images and video to be saved and recalled,
or to be downloaded and shared with others. Three different models cater to
most needs and are equipped with powerful variable LED lighting allowing
inspections in dark locations.
High resolution miniature camera, with up Up to 50 000 photos or 120 minutes of

to 2 digital zoom, gives a clear and sharp video can be stored on the SD memory
full screen image card supplied
Available with a 1 metre (3.3 ft) insertion Longer flexible and semi-rigid insertion
tube in three different variants; flexible, tubes are available as accessories
semi-rigid or with an articulating tip Supplied in a sturdy carrying case complete
Small tip diameter of 5,8 mm (0.23 in.), with all necessary cables, universal mains
with a wide field of view, allows easy access charger and cleaning kit
to most applications
Supplied with a side view adapter allowing
inspection of applications such as pipe walls
Powerful magnets, and a tripod mount on
the back of the display unit, allow the display
unit to be used hands free
TKES 10F TKES 10S TKES 10A

Flexible tube Semi-rigid tube Tube with an
articulating tip
104
Photos and videos can be transferred to PC using the USB cable provided.
Technical data
Designation TKES 10F TKES 10S TKES 10A

Insertion Tube & Light Source Flexible tube Semi-rigid tube Tube with an articulating tip
Image Sensor CMOS Image Sensor CMOS Image Sensor CMOS Image Sensor
Resolution (H V)
Still Image (static) 640 480 pixels 640 480 pixels 320 240 pixels
Video (dynamic) 320 240 pixels 320 240 pixels 320 240 pixels
Size Tip (Insertion Tube ) Diameter 5,8 mm (0.23 in.) 5,8 mm (0.23 in.) 5,8 mm (0.23 in.)
Tube length 1 m (39.4 in.) 1 m (39.4 in.) 1 m (39.4 in.)
Field of View 67 67 55
Depth of Field 1,56 cm (0.62.4 in.) 1,56 cm (0.62.4 in.) 26 cm (0.82.4 in.)
Light Source 4 White adjustable LED 4 White adjustable LED 4 White adjustable LED
(0275 Lux/4 cm) (0275 Lux/4 cm) (0275 Lux/4 cm)
Probe Working Temperature 20 to +60 C (4 to +140 F) 20 to +60 C (4 to +140 F) 20 to +60 C (4 to +140 F)
Ingress Protection Level IP 67 IP 67 IP 67
Display Unit
Power 5 V DC
Display 3.5 TFT LCD Monitor 320 240 pixels
Interface Mini USB 1.1 / AV out / AV in/
Battery (not user serviceable) Rechargeable Li-Polymer Battery (3.7 V).
Typically 4 hours operation after a 2 hour charge.
Video Out Format NTSC & PAL
Recording medium SD card 2 GB supplied storage capacity 50 000 photos,
or 120 minutes video. (SD/SDHC Cards up to 32 GB can be used)
Output resolution (H V)
Still Image (JPEG) 640 480 pixels
Video recording format (ASF) 320 240 pixels
Temperature range
Working & Storage -20 to +60 C (4 to +140 F)
Battery charging temperature range 0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F)
Functions Snapshot, Video recording, Picture & video review on LCD screen,
TV Out, transfer of picture & video from SD card to PC
105
Easily pinpoints bearing and machine noise
SKF Electronic Stethoscope TMST 3

The SKF TMST 3 is a high quality instrument enabling the determination of
troublesome machine parts by the detection of machine noises. TMST 3 includes
a headset, two different length probes (70 and 220 mm) and a pre-recorded
audio CD demonstrating the most common encountered troublesome machine
noises, all supplied complete in a sturdy carrying case.
User friendly and easy to operate, no special training required

Lightweight ergonomic design makes it easy to operate with one hand
Excellent sound quality helps to reliably identify the possible cause of
the noise
Excellent quality headset for optimum sound quality even in very
high-noise environments
Pre-recorded demonstration CD and output for analogue recording
help facilitate analysis and comparison
Supplied with two probes, 70 and 220 mm (2.8 and 8.7 in.) long
Adjustable digital volume control up to 32 levels to reach desired
volume
Technical data
Designation TMST 3
Frequency range 30 Hz15 kHz Battery 4 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 (included)
Operating temperature 10 to +45 C (14 to 113 F) Battery lifetime 30 hours (continuous use)
Output volume Adjustable in 32 levels Dimensions handset 220 40 40 mm (8.6 1.6 1.6 in.)
Led indicator Power on Probe length 70 and 220 mm (2.8 and 8.7 in.)
Sound volume
Battery low
Weight
Maximum recorder output 250 mV
Total weight 1 600 g (3.5 lb)
Headset 48 ohm (with ear defender) Instrument 162 g (0.35 lb)
Headset 250 g (0.55 lb)
Auto switch off Yes, after 2 min.
106
Easy noise level measurement
SKF Sound Pressure Meter TMSP 1

The SKF TMSP 1 is a high quality, handheld instrument for measuring the sound
level in decibels. The environmental noise is picked up by the microphone and
then processed by the handset. The noise can be monitored both quantitatively
and qualitatively.
The SKF Sound Pressure Meter is supplied in a carrying case complete with
windshield, calibration screwdriver, jack for external outputs and an alkaline battery.
User friendly and easy to operate, no special training required

dBA and dBC scale weightings for both general sound level and
low frequency noise measurements
Fast and slow time weighting enables either normal measurements
or the average level of fluctuating noise
Four different measurement scales to suit almost all situations
User selectable backlight for use in environments with poor lighting
Four digit LCD panel with both digital and bar graph display
Max and min function for peak measurements and alarm function
to indicate when the noise level is too low or too high
Tripod mounting thread for use when the instrument must remain
in the same position for a prolonged period
Technical data
Designation TMSP 1
Frequency range 31,5 Hz to 8 KHz Dynamic range 50 dB
Measuring level range 30 to 130 dB Power supply 9 V Alkaline type IEC 6LR61
Display LCD Power life 50 hours (with alkaline battery)
Digital display 4 digits, Resolution: 0,1 dB, Operation temperature 0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F)
Display update: 0,5 s
Operation humidity 10 to 90% relative humidity
Analogue display 50 segments bar-graph
Operation altitude Up to 2 000 m (6 560 ft) above sea level
Resolution: 1 dB
Display update: 100 ms Dimensions 275 64 30 mm (10.8 2.5 1.2 in.)
Time weighting Fast (125 ms), Slow (1 s) Carrying case dimensions 530 85 180 mm (20.9 3.4 7.0 in.)
Level ranges Lo = 30~80 dB, Med = 50~100 dB, Weight 285 g (0.76 lb) including battery
Hi = 80~130 dB, Auto = 30~130 dB Total weight (incl.case) 1 100 g (2.4 lb)
Accuracy 1,5 dB (ref 94 dB at 1 KHz)
Conformity Fulfills IEC651 type 2, ANSI S1.4 type 2
for sound level meters
107
Quick and easy detection of air leaks
SKF Ultrasonic Leak Detector TMSU 1

The SKF TMSU 1 is a high quality, user-friendly instrument enabling the detection of air leaks
by means of ultrasound. Leaks are caused by fluid flowing from a high pressure environment
to a low pressure environment, creating turbulence. The turbulence generates high frequency
sounds (so called ultrasound) that can be detected by SKF TMSU 1. The operator simply guides
the instrument to the loudest point, which helps locate the leak location.
SKF TMSU 1 also includes a headset, rubber nozzle and batteries,

supplied complete in a sturdy carrying case.
Lightweight compact design makes it easy to operate with one hand

User friendly, no special training required
By identifying air leaks and fixing them, energy consumption is
significantly reduced
The flexible tube allows access to confined spaces
The headset provides high sound quality even in very high-noise
environments, and also helps to protect the ears
Wide operating temperature
Technical data
Designation TMSU 1
Amplification 7 levels: 20, 30, 40, 50,
60, 70 and 80 dB
Ultrasound sensor 19 mm (0.75 in.) diameter
central frequency of 40 kHz
Detected frequencies 38,4 kHz, 2 kHz (3 dB)
Power Two alkaline AA batteries, 1,5 V.
Rechargeable batteries can also be used
Battery life Typically 20 hours
Dimensions Body: 170 42 31 mm
(6.70 1.65 1.22 in.)
Flexible tube length: 400 mm (15.75 in.)
Weight 0,4 kg (0.9 lb) incl. batteries
Operating
temperature range 10 to +50 C (14 to 122 F)
Note: The SKF TMSU 1 is not ATEX approved

108
Unique, reliable and safe method to detect electrical discharges in electric motor bearings
SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1

The SKF TKED 1 (EDD Pen) is a simple to use hand-held instrument for detecting
electrical discharges in electric motor bearings. Electrical discharges are a result of
motor shaft voltages discharging to earth through the bearing, causing electrical
erosion, lubricant degradation and ultimately bearing failure.
Electric motors are more vulnerable to suffer electrical erosion in

bearings when controlled by a Variable Frequency Drive. When
incorporated into a predictive maintenance programme, the EDD Pen
can help detect bearings more susceptible to failure, and to a significant
degree, prevent unplanned machine downtime.
Unique remote solution allows operation at a distance from the

motors. This helps protect the user from touching machinery in motion
SKF developed technology*
No special training required
Capable of detecting electrical discharges on a time base of
10seconds, 30 seconds or infinite
LED backlit screen, allows use in dark environments
IP 55 can be used in most industrial environments
Supplied standard with batteries, a spare antenna and language-free
instructions for use in a carrying case
* Patent applied for
Technical data
Designation TKED 1
Power supply 4,5 V
3 AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
Lubricant degradation
Time control:
caused by electrical
pre-sets 10 or 30 seconds discharge currents
default indefinite
Operational and storage 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F)
temperature 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F)
Ingress protection level IP 55
Display LCD counter range:
0 to 99 999 discharges. Fluting marks characteristic
User selectable backlight and low
battery warning of electrical erosion in
bearings
(10.3 3.4 7.0 in.)
Total case and contents weight 0,4 kg (0.88 lb)
109
Reliability meets affordability
SKF Machine Condition Indicator CMSS 200

The SKF Machine Condition Indicator is an economical vibration sensor and
temperature indicator for monitoring non-critical machines. It is ideal for
machinery with constant operating conditions, which has not been previously
monitored. The device can be compared to the check engine light in a car.
Provides a simple, low cost solution to determine the basic machine

health on assets not necessarily being monitored
Frees up time to concentrate on root cause analysis or maintenance
instead of problem detection
Non-critical machine routes could be more widely spaced, e.g., every
other month instead of monthly, with the SKF Machine Condition
Indicator installed and replaced by a simple, quick check of the LEDs
Velocity measurements for general machine health
Enveloped acceleration measurements for early detection of
bearing failure
Temperature measurements to indicate uncharacteristic heat
Two modes of operation to address many different machine types
Transient protection and retry algorithm to avoid false alarming
The top of the unit features three LEDs to indicate the machine and A magnetic read-key is included to program the SKF Machine Condition
bearing condition. In addition, it features a barcode with serial number Indicator. It is used to activate the SKF Machine Condition Indicator,
for machine identification purposes and easy incorporation into an change operating modes, set vibration baselines, acknowledge alarms,
Operator Driven Reliability (ODR) program, maintenance routes or and reset the SKF Machine Condition Indicator.
scheduled check-ups. The stainless steel base on the bottom of the
unit has 1/4-28 tapped threads for stud mounting.
110
Ordering details
Designations CMSS 200-02-SL CMSS 200-10-SL CMSS 200-50-SL
Includes 2 battery operated units 10 battery operated units 50 battery operated units
2 CMAC 225 read-keys (magnets) 4 CMAC 225 read-keys (magnets) 10 CMAC 225 read-keys (magnets)
2 CMAC 230 threaded mounting studs 4 CMAC 200-REF reference cards 10 CMAC 200-REF reference cards
(1/4-28 to 1/4-28) 2 installation instruction card 5 installation instruction card
2 CMAC 231 adapter mounting studs 1 product reference CD 1 product reference CD
(1/4-28 to M8)
2 CMAC 200-REF reference cards
1 installation instruction card
1 product reference CD
Note: The mounting studs are not included in the 10-pack CMSS 200-10-SL or 50-pack CMSS 200-50-SL and must be ordered separately.
Accessories
Designations Description
CMAC 225-10 Magnetic read-keys, 10-pack
CMAC 230-10 Threaded mounting studs (1/4-28 to 1/4-28), stainless steel, 10-pack
CMAC 230-50 Threaded mounting studs (1/4-28 to 1/4-28), stainless steel, 50-pack
CMAC 231-10 Adapter mounting studs (1/4-28 to M8), stainless steel, 10-pack
CMAC 231-50 Adapter mounting studs (1/4-28 to M8), stainless steel, 50-pack
CMAC 9600-01 Toolkit for spot face, 1/4-28 mounting
CMAC 9600-02 Toolkit for spot face, M8 1,25 mounting
CMCP 210 Acrylic adhesive bypacs*
CMAC 240-10 Mounting pad, 25,4 mm (1 in.) diameter 6,4 mm (0.250 in.) thick, stainless steel, 10-pack
* Shipping restrictions apply
Technical data
Designation CMSS 200
Velocity measurement 10 Hz to 1 kHz / minimum speed Battery type Lithium battery 3,6 V, single use,
900 r/min non-replaceable
Bearing measurement Enveloped acceleration to enable an Enclosure White durable polymer cap PC/PET Blend,
early Stage 3 bearing defect to be Bayer Makroblend UT 1018-1000 and a
detected for speeds between 900 and stainless steel base
3 600 r/min
Weight 120 g (4.2 oz.)
Machine surface temperature 20 to +105 C (5 to +220 F)
measurement range
Rating IP 69K, for use in adverse industrial
environments
Alarm system Three LEDs (green, red and orange)
Mounting Stud mounted or epoxy mount 1/4-28
68 mm
(stud not included in 10 or 50 pack) mounting hole (2.7 in.)
Internal operating 20 to +85 C (5 to +185 F)
temperature range
Wake up schedule Eight times per day
Battery life 3 years (with one unacknowledged alarm)
34 mm (1.3 in.)
111
Machine monitoring, made simple
SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL

Both novice users and experts can easily, quickly, and accurately check the
condition of rotating equipment throughout their facility. Equipping your
maintenance and operation personnel with this rugged, ergonomic and
easy-to-use instrument can help to provide early warning of potential
machine problems before a costly failure occurs.
Multiple measurements with a single device

The SKF Machine Condition Advisor provides an overall velocity
vibration reading that measures vibration signals from the machine
caused by rotational and structural problems such as unbalance,
misalignment and looseness and automatically compares them to pre-
programmed ISO guidelines. An alert or danger alarm displays when
measurements exceed those guidelines. Simultaneously, an enveloped
acceleration measurement in the higher frequencies is taken.
Elevated readings are caused by rolling element bearing or gear mesh
problems and compared to established bearing vibration guidelines to
verify conformity or indicate potential bearing damage. The SKF Machine
Condition Advisor also measures temperature using an infrared sensor
to indicate uncharacteristic heat.
This approach provides accurate and reliable data upon which to base
maintenance decisions and promotes early detection, confirmation and
accurate trending of bearing and machinery problems.
Measuring velocity, enveloped acceleration, and temperature

simultaneously saves time
Assess vibration in industrial nonreciprocating machinery
Lightweight, compact, and ergonomically designed, the SKF Machine
Condition Advisor fits neatly at the belt line, in a pocket or a tool kit
Exceptionally durable, the unit is rated IP 54 for use in industrial
environments
Quick and easy to set up and use, measurements are shown on a
bright display viewable in low light to direct sunlight. Free on-line
training is also available at SKF @ptitude Exchange
Alert and danger prompts provide increased diagnostic confidence
Efficient, economical, and environmentally friendly, the rechargeable
SKF Machine Condition Advisor operates 10 hours on a single charge
Flexible enough to work with standard constant current 100 mV/g
accelerometers, an optional external sensor can be used for
hard-to-reach locations and for more repeatable and accurate
measurement results
Features English, French, German, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish
for user convenience
For more information, please refer to our publication 10549 EN.
112
Technical data
Designation CMAS 100-SL
Vibration pick-up Internal: Integrated piezoelectric acceleration Humidity 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
External: Accepts a standard 100 mV/g
Ingress Protection IP 54
constant current accelerometer
Approvals CE (Certified Engineering)
Measurements
Drop test 2 m (6.6 ft.)
Velocity Range: 0,7 to 65,0 mm/s (RMS)
0.04 to 3.60 in./s (equivalent Peak) Weight 125 g (4.4 oz.)
meets ISO 10816 Dimensions 200 47 25 mm (7.9 1.85 1 in.)
Frequency: 10 to 1 000 Hz,
meets ISO 2954 Battery capacity 550 mAh
Enveloped Acceleration Range: 0,2 to 50 gE Battery life 10 hours before charging
Frequency: Band 3 (500 to 10 000 Hz) (approx. 1 000 measurements)
With external sensor:
Temperature Range: 20 to +200 C (4 to +392 F) Up to 55% less battery life
Infrared temperature accuracy: 2 C (3.6 F)
Distance: Short range, max. 10 cm (4 in.) from External sensor power 24 V DC at 3,5 mA
target Charger specifications Universal AC/DC wall plug-in
Operating temperature In use: 10 to +60 C (14 to 140 F) Input: 90 to 264 V AC, 47 to 60 Hz
range While charging: 0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F) Output: 5 V DC regulated
3 to 4 hours for a full charge
Storage temperature Less than one month: 20 to +45 C
(4 to +113 F)
More than one month but less than
six months: 20 to +35 C (4 to +95 F)
Easy detection of high frequency sounds
Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K

The Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe senses high frequency sounds produced by
operating equipment, as well as leaks and electrical discharges. It electronically
translates these signals by a heterodyning process, making them audible, so
that a user can hear these sounds through a headset and see them as intensity
increments on a meter.
Detects pressure and vacuum leaks, including compressed air

Checks steam traps and valves quickly and accurately
Detects arcing, tracking and corona in electric apparatus
Tests bearings, pumps, motors and compressors
Frequency response: 20100 kHz (centred at 3842 kHz)
Indicator: 10-segment LED bar graph (red)
For additional information, please refer to our publication 10549 EN.
113
SKF basic condition monitoring tools offer an easy way to begin using machine
data to improve your overall equipment effectiveness. Basic kits are available,
combining popular tools in one convenient package.
Multi-parameter measurements for Checking of bearing and lubrication condition,

electric motors made simple
SKF Electric motor assessment kit SKF Bearing Assessment Kit

CMAK 200-SL CMAK 300-SL
A fitting bundle of two measurement devices for electric motors and The SKF CMAK 300-SL makes the evaluation of bearing condition
other industrial assets. The SKF CMAK 200-SL makes the evaluation a simple task for maintenance, operations, reliability and vibration
of electric motor bearings and general machine health simple. analysis departments.
Inspect and assess electric motor machine condition Check bearing and lubrication condition
Measures velocity, enveloped acceleration and temperature Inspect and assess overall machine condition
on electric motors and other operating equipment Measures velocity, enveloped acceleration and temperature
Safely detect electrical discharges in electrical motors Shows changes in oil condition effected by water content,
The instruments are packaged in a light, black nylon fuel contamination, metallic content and oxidation
carrying case The instruments are packaged in a light, durable aluminum
Ideal for novice and expert users carrying case for industrial environments
The CMAK 200-SL kit includes: The CMAK 300-SL kit includes:
SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1 SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL
SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL SKF Infrared Thermometer CMSS 3000-SL
SKF Oil Condition Monitor TMEH 1
114
The SKF Machine Condition Advisor simultaneously measures
machine vibration signals and temperature to indicate machine
health and bearing condition.
SKF External sensor kit for the SKF Machine Condition

Advisor CMAC 105
The external vibration sensor with magnet provides convenience
for hard-to-reach surfaces and more repeatable and accurate
measurements.
SKF Infrared Thermometer CMSS 3000-SL

The heavy duty SKF Infrared Thermometer is a dual laser
sighted, non-contact instrument for long range application.
Check bearing and machine condition quickly
and easily SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K
The SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe senses high frequency
SKF Basic Condition Monitoring Kit sounds produced by operating equipment, leaks, and electrical
CMAK 400-ML discharges and makes them audible. The SKF Basic condition
monitoring kit features all of the accessories from the from the
SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe kit.
An essential collection of measurement tools for all industrial
manufacturing plants. The SKF CMAK 400-ML makes machine health
SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1
monitoring a simple task for maintenance, operations, reliability, and
vibration analysis departments. The SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen is a simple to use
hand-held instrument and provides a unique, reliable and safe
Inspect and assess overall machine condition way to detect electrical discharges in electric motor bearings.
Measure vibration, temperature, high frequency sound and
enveloped acceleration in operating equipment, like bearings, SKF Oil Condition Monitor TMEH 1
pumps, motors, compressors, etc. The SKF Oil Condition Monitor indicates the degradation and
The instruments are packaged in a light, durable aluminum contamination level of oil, and detects increased mechanical
carrying case for industrial environments wear and loss of the oils lubricating properties.
Ideal for novice and expert users
The CMAK 400-ML kit includes:

SKF External sensor kit for the SKF Machine Condition
Advisor CMAC 105
SKF Infrared Thermometer CMSS 3000-SL
SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K
For additional information, please refer to our publication 10549 EN.
115
Lubricants Storage tools
SKF lubricants selection 120 Oil storage station 156
SKF bearing grease selection chart 122 SKF Grease Filler Pumps LAGF series 157
Bearing greases SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550 157
SKF LGMT 2 126
SKF LGMT 3 127 Transfer tools
SKF LGEP 2 128 Hose reels TLRC & TLRS series 158
SKF LGWA 2 129
SKF LGGB 2 130 Manual grease dispensing tools
SKF LGBB 2 131
SKF Grease Guns 159
SKF LGLT 2 132
SKF Grease Meter LAGM 1000E 160
SKF LGWM 1 133
SKF Grease Nozzles LAGS 8 161
SKF LGWM 2 134
SKF Grease Nipples LAGN 120 161
SKF LGEM 2 135
SKF Grease fitting caps and tags TLAC 50 162
SKF LGEV 2 136
SKF Disposable Grease Resistant Gloves TMBA G11D 162
SKF LGHB 2 137
SKF Grease Pumps LAGG series 163
SKF LGHP 2 138
SKF LGET 2 139
Food grade lubricants Automatic grease dispensing tools
SKF LGFP 2 140 SKF LAGD series 166
SKF LGFS 00 141 SKF TLSD series 168
SKF LGFD 2 142 SKF TLMR series 170
SKF LGFC 1 143 Accessories 172
SKF LGFT 2 144 SKF LAGD 400 and LAGD 1000 174
SKF LFFH 46 145
SKF LFFH 68 145 Oil inspection & dispensing
SKF LFFG 220 146 Oil handling containers LAOS series 175
SKF LFFG 320 146 SKF Oil Levellers LAHD series 176
SKF LFFM 80 147
SKF LHFP 150 147 Lubrication analysis tools
SKF LFFT 220 147
SKF Grease Test Kit TKGT 1 178
SKF LDTS 1 148
SKF Oil Check Monitor TMEH 1 179
Special lubricants
SKF LESA 2 149
SKF LMCG 1 150
Lubrication software
SKF LHMT 68 151 LubeSelect for SKF greases 180
SKF LHHT 265 151 SKF Lubrication Planner 180
Technical data 152 SKF DialSet 181
116
Lubrication
Lubricants 120
Storage tools 156
Transfer tools 158
Manual grease dispensing tools 159
Automatic grease dispensing tools 164
Oil inspection & dispensing 175
Lubrication analysis tools 178
Lubrication software 180
Lubrication
Lubricants management
tools
Automatic
lubricators
Manual
lubrication
tools
Lubrication
software
117
Lubrication
Poor lubrication accounts for more than 36% of premature bearing failures
Include contamination, and this number rises to well above 50%. The importance of proper
lubrication and cleanliness is self-evident in the determination of bearing life.
What the right lubrication programme can do for you
Increase Reduce
Productivity Energy consumption due to friction
Reliability Heat generation due to friction
Availability and durability Wear due to friction
Machine uptime Noise due to friction
Service intervals Downtime
Safety Operating expenses
Health Product contamination
Sustainability Maintenance and repair costs
Lubricant consumption
Corrosion
From lubrication to lubrication management

A good lubrication programme can be defined by applying the
5R approach:
The right lubricant, in the right amount, reaches the right point
at the right time using the right method
This simple and logical approach, however, requires

a detailed action plan that must include aspects as varied as:
Logistics and supply chain

Lubricant selection
Lubricant storage, transfer and dispensing
Lubrication tasks planning and scheduling
Lubricant application procedures
Lubricant analysis and condition monitoring
Lubricant disposal
Training
118
Lubricant Lubricant Lubricant Lubricant Lubricant
selection storage transfer dispensing disposal
Lubricant monitoring
Selecting a suitable grease for a particular bearing is a crucial step if For the correct lubricant dispensing, consider the range of SKF Grease
the bearing is to meet design expectations in its application. Use the Guns and SKF range of single and multi point lubricators. SKF DialSet
SKF LubeSelect to select the right lubricant for your application. helps you select the right lubricator settings for the application.
During storage, maintenance and transfer steps, the lubricant can easily For the monitoring of the lubricant, SKF offers the following tools:
get contaminated due to lack of lubrication knowledge or simply lack of SKF Oil Levellers, SKF Oil Check Monitor and SKF Grease Test Kit.
attention. To minimize the risks of lubricant contamination in storage
and transfer, we recommend the use of the Oil storage station and Oil
handling containers LAOS series. For the transfer of greases, we offer an
extensive range of SKF Grease Pumps, SKF Grease Filler Pumps and
SKF Bearing Packer.
Lubrication management
Just as asset management takes maintenance to a higher level, a lubrication management
approach allows lubrication to be seen from a wider point of view. This approach helps to
effectively increase machine reliability at a lower overall cost.
SKF Lubrication Management process
SKF Client Needs

SKF Design
Analysis Improvement
Lubrication and Optimisation
Lubrication proposal
Audit implementation
Management
SKF Client Needs Analysis: Normally implies one day of assessment Design and implementation: Execution of the proposed activities
and provides an overview on the lubrication programme maturity Optimisation: Reassessment and implementation of additional
SKF Lubrication Audit: Detailed assessment. Normally implies five improvement proposals
days and provides a thorough analysis of the lubrication programme
Improvement proposal: Formulation of specific activities
119
SKF lubricants
SKF lubricants offer major competitive advantages:

Designed and tested to perform under real conditions
Product data include specific test results enabling a better selection
Strict quality control of every production batch helps ensure
consistent performance
Quality control allows SKF to offer a fiveyear shelf-life* from the
date of production
Production processes and raw materials greatly influence grease

properties and performance. It is virtually impossible to select
or compare greases based only on their composition. Therefore,
performance tests are needed to provide crucial information.
In over 100 years, SKF has accrued vast knowledge about the
interaction of lubricants, materials and surfaces.
This knowledge has led SKF, in many cases, to set industry standards
in bearing lubricant testing. Emcor, ROF, ROF+, V2F, R2F and Bequiet
are just some of the multiple tests developed by SKF to assess the
performance of lubricants under bearing operating conditions. Many
of them are widely used by lubricant manufacturers worldwide.
* SKF LGFP 2 food grade grease offers a two-year shelf-life from the date
SKF Engineering and Research Centre in the Netherlands of production
SKF lubricant selection

Selecting a grease can be a delicate process. SKF has developed several tools in
order to facilitate the selection of the most suitable lubricant. The wide range of
tools available includes those from easy-to-use application driven tables to
advanced software allowing for grease selection based upon
detailed working conditions.
The basic bearing grease selection chart provides you with

quick suggestions on the most commonly used greases
in typical applications.
120
Basic bearing grease selection
Generally use if:
Speed = M, Temperature = M and Load = M LGMT 2 General purpose
Unless:
Expected bearing temperature continuously >100 C (210 F) LGHP 2 High temperature
Expected bearing temperature continuously >150 C (300 F),

demands for radiation resistance LGET 2 Extremely high temperature
Low ambient 50 C (60 F),

expected bearing temperature <50 C (120 F) LGLT 2 Low temperature
Shock loads, heavy loads,

frequent start-up / shut-down LGEP 2 High load
Food processing industry LGFP 2 Food processing
Biodegradable,
demands for low toxicity LGGB 2 Biodegradable
Note: For areas with relatively high ambient temperatures, use LGMT 3 instead of LGMT 2
For special operating conditions, refer to the SKF bearing grease selection chart
With additional information like speed, temperature, and load conditions,

LubeSelect for SKF greases is the easiest way to select the right grease.
For additional information, visit www.aptitudeexchange.com. Additionally,
the SKF bearing grease selection chart provides you with a complete
overview of SKF greases. The chart includes the main selection parameters,
such as temperature, speed and load, as well as basic additional
performance information.
Bearing operating parameters

Temperature Load
L = Low <50 C (120 F) VH = Very high C/P <2
M = Medium 50 to 100 C (120 to 230 F) H = High C/P ~4
H = High >100 C (210 F) M = Medium C/P ~8
EH = Extremely high >150 C (300 F) L = Low C/P 15
C/P = Load ratio C = basic dynamic load rating, kN
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, kN
for roller bearings

Speed for ball bearings Speed SRB/TRB/CARB CRB
EH = Extremely high n dm over 700 000 H = High n dm over 210 000 n dm over 270 000
VH = Very high n dm up to 700 000 M = Medium n dm up to 210 000 n dm up to 270 000
H = High n dm up to 500 000 L = Low n dm up to 75 000 n dm up to 75 000
M = Medium n dm up to 300 000 VL = Very low n dm below 30 000 n dm below 30 000
L = Low n dm below 100 000 n dm = rotational speed, r/min x 0,5 (D+d), mm
121
SKF bearing grease selection chart
Temp. Speed
Temperature range 1)
Grease Description Application examples LTL HTPL
Automotive wheel bearings

General purpose industrial 30 C 120 C
LGMT 2 and automotive
Conveyors and fans
(20 F) (250 F)
M M
Small electric motors
Bearings with d>100 mm

General purpose industrial 30 C 120 C
LGMT 3 and automotive
Vertical shaft or outer bearing ring rotation
(20 F) (250 F)
M M
Car, truck and trailer wheel bearings
Forming and press section of paper mills

20 C 110 C
LGEP 2 Extreme pressure Work roll bearings in steel industry
(5 F) (230 F)
M L to M
Heavy machinery, vibrating screens
Wheel bearings in cars, trailers and trucks

Wide temperature 4), 30 C 140 C
LGWA 2 extreme pressure
Washing machines
(20 F) (285 F)
M to H L to M
Electric motors
Food processing equipment

20 C 110 C
LGFP 2 Food compatible Wrapping machines
(5 F) (230 F)
M M
Bottling machines
Agricultural and forestry equipment

Biodegradable, 40 C 90 C
LGGB 2 low toxicity 3)
Construction and earthmoving equipment
(40 F) (195 F)
L to M L to M
Water treatment and irrigation
Wind turbine blade and Wind turbine blade and yaw 40 C 120 C
LGBB 2 yaw bearing grease slewing bearings (40 F) (250 F)
L to M VL
Textile and machine tool spindles

Low temperature, 50 C 110 C
LGLT 2 extremely high speed
Small electric motors and robots
(60 F) (230 F)
L to M M to EH
Printing cylinders
Main shaft of wind turbines

Extreme pressure, 30 C 110 C
LGWM 1 low temperature
Centralised lubrication systems
(20 F) (230 F)
L to M L to M
Spherical roller thrust bearing applications
Main shaft of wind turbines

High load, 40 C 110 C
LGWM 2 wide temperature
Heavy duty off road or marine applications
(40 F) (230 F)
L to M L to M
Snow exposed applications
Jaw crushers
High viscosity plus 20 C 120 C
LGEM 2 solid lubricants
Construction machinery
(5 F) (250 F)
M VL
Vibrating machinery
Trunnion bearings
Extremely high viscosity 10 C 120 C
LGEV 2 with solid lubricants
Support and thrust rollers on rotary kilns and dryers
(15 F) (250 F)
M VL
Slewing ring bearings
Steel on steel plain bearings

EP high viscosity, Dryer section of paper mills 20 C 150 C
LGHB 2 high temperature 5) Work roll bearings and continuous casting in steel industry (5 F) (300 F)
M to H VL to M
Sealed spherical roller bearings up to 150 C (300 F)
Electric motors
High performance 40 C 150 C
LGHP 2 polyurea grease
Fans, even at high speed
(40 F) (300 F)
M to H M to H
High speed ball bearings at medium and high temperatures
Bakery equipment (ovens)

40 C 260 C
LGET 2 Extreme temperature Wafer baking machines
(40 F) (500 F)
VH L to M
Textile dryers
1) LTL = Low Temperature Limit 3) LGGB 2 can withstand peak temperatures of 120 C (250 F)
HTPL = High Temperature Performance Limit 4) LGWA 2 can withstand peak temperatures of 220 C (430 F)
122 2) mm/s at 40 C (105 F) = cSt. 5) LGHB 2 can withstand peak temperatures of 200 C (390 F)
Load Thickener / NLGI Base oil Vertical Fast outer Oscillating Severe Shock load Rust
Base Oil viscosity 2) shaft ring movements Vibrations or frequent inhibiting
rotation start up properties
L to M
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
2 110 l + +
L to M
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
3 120 + l + l
Wide applications greases

H
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
2 200 l l + + +
L to H
Lithium complex soap /
mineral oil
2 185 l l l l + +
L to M
Aluminium complex /
medical white oil
2 130 l +
Special requirements
M to H
Lithium-calcium soap /
synthetic ester oil
2 110 l + + + l
M to H
Lithium complex soap /
synthetic PAO oil
2 68 + + + +
Lithium soap /
L
synthetic PAO oil
2 18 l l l
Low temperatures
H
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
1 200 + + +
Complex calcium
L to H
sulphonate /
synthetic PAO oil /
2 80 l l + + + +
mineral oil
H to VH
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
2 500 l + + + +
High loads
H to VH
Lithium-calcium soap /
mineral oil
2 1020 l + + + +
+ + + + +
Complex calcium
L to VH sulphonate / 2 400 l
mineral oil
High temperatures
L to M
Di-urea /
mineral oil
2 to 3 96 + l l +
+ +
PTFE / synthetic
H to VH fluorinated 2 400 l l l l
polyether oil
l = Suitable + = Recommended
123
LGMT 2 LGMT 3 LGEP 2 LGWA 2 LGFP 2 LGGB 2
General purpose General purpose Extreme pressure Wide temperature, Food compatible Biodegradable,
industrial and industrial and extreme pressure low toxicity
automotive automotive
DIN 51825 code K2K-30 K3K-30 KP2G-20 KP2N-30 K2G-20 KPE 2K-40
NLGI consistency class 2 3 2 2 2 2
Soap type Lithium Lithium Lithium Lithium Aluminium Lithium/

complex complex calcium
Colour Red brown Amber Light brown Amber Transparent Off white
Base oil type Mineral Mineral Mineral Mineral Medical Synthetic

white oil ester
Operating temperature range 30 to +120 C 30 to +120 C 20 to +110 C 30 to +140 C 20 to +110 C 40 to +90 C

(20 to +250 F) (20 to +250 F) (5 to +230 F) (20 to +285 F) (5 to +230 F) (40 to +195 F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >180 C >180 C >180 C >250 C >250 C >170 C
(>355 F) (>355 F) (>355 F) (>480 F) (>480 F) (>340 F)
Base oil viscosity

40 C, mm/s 110 120130 200 185 130 110
100 C, mm/s 11 12 16 15 7,3 13
Penetration DIN ISO 2137

60 strokes, 101 mm 265295 220250 265295 265295 265295 265295
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +50 max. 280 max. +50 max. +50 max. +30 max. +50 max.
(325 max.) (325 max.) (325 max.) (325 max.)
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 10 mm +50 max. 295 max. +50 max. +50 max. change +70 max.
V2F test M 'M' 'M' 'M' (350 max.)
Corrosion protection
Emcor: standard ISO 11007 00 00 00 00 00 00
water washout test 00 00 00 00*
salt water test (100% seawater) 01* 11*
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1, 3 hrs at 90 C 1 max. 2 max. 1 max. 1 max. 1 max. 0 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817, 7 days at 40 C, static, % 16 13 25 15 15 0,33
Lubrication ability
R2F, running test B at 120 C Pass, Pass Pass, Pass, Pass,
120 C (250 F) 120 C (250 F) 120 C (250 F) 100 C (210 F) 100 C (210 F)*
R2F, cold chamber test, 30 C, +20 C
Copper corrosion 2 max. 2 max. 2 max. 2 max.
DIN 51 811, 110 C 110 C (265 F) 130 C (265 F)
Rolling bearing grease life

R0F test 1 000 min., 1 000, >300,
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs 130 C (265 F) 110 C (230 F) 120 C (250 F)
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 1,4 max 1,6 max. 1,8 max.
4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 2 800 min. 2 600 min. 1 100 min. 2 600 min.
Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test at 20 C, +25 C mg 5,7*
Low temperature torque

IP186, starting torque, m Nm* 98, 30 C (20 F) 145, 30 C (20 F) 70, 20 C (5 F) 40, 30 C (20 F) 137, 30 C (20 F)
IP186, running torque, m Nm* 58, 30 C (20 F) 95, 30 C (20 F) 45, 20 C (5 F) 30, 30 C (20 F) 51, 30 C (20 F)
Available pack sizes 35, 200 g tube 420 ml cartridge 420 ml cartridge 35, 200 g tube 420 ml cartridge 420 ml cartridge
420 ml cartridge 0,5, 1, 5, 18, 50, 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg 420 ml cartridge 1, 18, 180 kg 5, 18, 180 kg
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg 180 kg, TLMR TLMR 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg LAGD, TLSD, TLMR LAGD
LAGD, TLSD, TLMR
* Typical value Special requirements
Wide applications greases

124
LGBB 2 LGLT 2 LGWM 1 LGWM 2 LGEM 2 LGEV 2 LGHB 2 LGHP 2 LGET 2
Wind turbine blade Low temperature, Extreme pressure, High load, wide High viscosity plus Extremely high EP high viscosity, High performance Extreme
and yaw bearing extremely high low temperature temperature solid lubricants viscosity with high temperature polyurea grease temperature
grease speed solid lubricants
KP2G-40 K2G-50 KP1G-30 KP2G-40 KPF2K-20 KPF2K-10 KP2N-20 K2N-40 KFK2U-40
2 2 1 12 2 2 2 23 2
Lithium Lithium Lithium Complex calcium Lithium Lithium/ Complex calcium Diurea PTFE
complex sulphonate calcium sulphonate
Yellow Beige Brown Yellow Black Black Brown Blue Off white
Synthetic (PAO) Synthetic (PAO) Mineral Synthetic (PAO)/ Mineral Mineral Mineral Mineral Synthetic
Mineral (fluorinated
polyether)
40 to +120 C 50 to +110 C 30 to +110 C 40 to +110 C 20 to +120 C 10 to +120 C 20 to +150 C 40 to +150 C 40 to +260 C
(40 to +250 F) (60 to +230 F) (20 to +230 F) (40 to +230 F) (5 to +250 F) (15 to 250 F) (5 to +300 F) (40 to +300 F) (40 to +500 F)
>200 C >180 C >170 C >300 C >180 C >180 C >220 C >240 C >300 C

(390 F) (>355 F) (>340 F) (>570 F) (>355 F) (>355 F) (>430 F) (>465 F) (>570 F)
68 18 200 80 500 1 020 400450 96 400

4,5 16 8,6 32 58 26,5 10,5 38
265295 265295 310340 280310 265295 265295 265295 245275 265295

+50 max. +50 max. +50 max. +30 max 325 max. 325 max. 20 to +50 365 max.
(325 max.)
+50 max. 380 max. +50 max. 345 max. +50 max. 20 to +50 change 365 max. 30 max.
M M M 130 C (265 F)
00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 11
00 00 00 00* 00 00
01* 00 00* 00* 00
1 max. 1 max. 1 max. 1 max. 1 max. 1 max. 1 max. 1 max. 0 max.
4 max, 2.5* <4 813 3 max. 15 15 13, 15 13 max. 30 hrs

60 C (140 F) 200 C (390 F)
Pass, Pass, Pass, Pass,

140 C (285 F) 100 C (210 F) 140 C (285 F) 120 C (250 F)
Pass, Pass
1 max. 1 max. 2 max. 1 max. 2 max. 1 max. 2 max. 1 max. 1
120 C (250 F) 100 C (210 F) 90 C (>195 F) 100 C (210 F) 100 C (210 F) 150 C (300 F) 150 C (300 F)
>1 000, 1 824*, >1 000, 1 000 min. >700,

20 000 r/min. 110 C (230 F) 130 C (265 F) 150 C (300 F) 5 600 r/min.*
100 C (210 F) 220 C (430 F)
0,4* 1,8 max. 1,5 max. 1,4 max. 1,2 max. 0,86*
5 500* 2 000 min. 3 200 min.* 4 000 min. 3 000 min. 3 000 min. 4 000 min. 8 000 min.
01* 5,5* 1,1*, 5,2* 0* 7*
313, 40 C (40 F) 32, 50 C (60 F) 178, 0 C (32 F) 249, 40 C (40 F) 160, 20 C (5 F) 96, 10 C (14 F) 250, 20 C (5 F) 1 000, 40 C (40 F)
75, 40 C (40 F) 21, 50 C (60 F) 103, 0 C (32 F) 184, 40 C (40 F) 98, 20 C (5 F) 66, 10 C (14 F) 133, 20 C (5 F) 280, 40 C (40 F)
420 ml cartridge 180 g tube 420 ml cartridge 420 ml cartridge 420 ml cartridge 35 g tube 420 ml cartridge 420 ml cartridge 50 g (25 ml)
5, 18, 180 kg 0.9, 25, 170 kg 5, 50, 180 kg 5, 18, 50, 180 kg 5, 18, 180 kg 420 ml cartridge 5, 18, 50, 180 kg 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg syringe
TLMR LAGD, TLSD, TLMR LAGD, TLSD 5, 18, 50, 180 kg LAGD, TLSD, TLMR LAGD, TLSD, TLMR 1 kg
TLMR
High loads
Low temperatures High temperatures

125
Bearing greases
LGMT 2 SKF General Purpose Industrial and Automotive Bearing Grease

SKF LGMT 2 is mineral oil based, lithium soap thickened
grease with excellent thermal stability within its operating
temperature range. This premium quality, general purpose
grease is suitable for a wide range of industrial and
automotive applications.
Excellent oxidation stability

Good mechanical stability
Excellent water resistance and rust inhibiting properties
Typical applications:
Agricultural equipment
Automotive wheel bearings
Conveyors
Small electric motors
Industrial fans
Technical data
Designation LGMT 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code K2K-30 Corrosion protection
Emcor:
NLGI consistency class 2
standard ISO 11007 00
Soap type Lithium water washout test 00
Colour Red brown salt water test (100% seawater) 01*
Base oil type Mineral Water resistance

DIN 51 807/1,
Operating temperature range 30 to +120 C (20 to +250 F) 3 hrs at 90 C 1 max.
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >180 C (>355 F) Oil separation
Base oil viscosity DIN 51 817,
40 C, mm/s 110 7 days at 40 C, static, % 16
100 C, mm/s 11 Lubrication ability
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 R2F,
60 strokes, 10 mm 265295 running test B at 120 C Pass
100 000 strokes, 10 mm +50 max. (325 max.) Copper corrosion
Mechanical stability DIN 51 811, 110 C 2 max. at 110 C (265 F)
Roll stability, Available pack sizes 35, 200 g tube
50 hrs at 80 C, 10 mm +50 max. 420 ml cartridge
V2F test M 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
* Typical value
126
LGMT 3 SKF General Purpose Industrial and Automotive Bearing Grease
SKF LGMT 3 is mineral oil based, lithium soap thickened
grease. This premium quality, general purpose grease is
suitable for a wide range of industrial and automotive
applications requiring stiff grease.
Excellent rust inhibiting properties

High oxidation stability within its recommended temperature range
Bearings >100 mm (3.9 in.) shaft size
Outer bearing ring rotation
Vertical shaft applications
Continuous high ambient temperatures >35 C (95 F)
Propeller shafts
Agricultural equipment
Car, truck and trailer wheel bearings
Large electric motors
Technical data
Designation LGMT 3/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code K3K-30 Corrosion protection
Emcor: standard ISO 11007 00
water washout test 00
Soap type Lithium
Water resistance
Colour Amber DIN 51 807/1,
Base oil type Mineral 3 hrs at 90 C 2 max.
Operating temperature range 30 to +120 C Oil separation

(20 to +250 F) DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 C, static, % 13
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >180 C (>355 F)
Lubrication ability
Base oil viscosity R2F,
40 C, mm/s 120130 running test B at 120 C Pass
100 C, mm/s 12
Copper corrosion
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 DIN 51 811, 110 C 2 max. at 130 C (265 F)
60 strokes, 101 mm 220250
100 000 strokes, 101 mm 280 max. Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test 1 000 min. at 130 C
Mechanical stability L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs (265 F)
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm 295 max.
V2F test 'M' Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge
0,5, 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
127
LGEP 2 SKF High Load, Extreme Pressure Bearing Grease
SKF LGEP 2 is mineral oil based, lithium soap thickened
grease with extreme pressure additives. This grease
provides good lubrication in general applications subjected
to harsh conditions and vibrations.
Excellent mechanical stability

Extremely good corrosion inhibiting properties
Excellent EP performance
Pulp and paper making machines
Jaw crushers
Traction motors for rail vehicles
Dam gates
Work roll bearings in steel industry
Heavy machinery, vibrating screens
Crane wheels, sheaves
Slewing bearings
Technical data
Designation LGEP 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KP2G-20 Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 C 1 max.
Soap type Lithium
Oil separation
Colour Light brown DIN 51 817,
Base oil type Mineral 7 days at 40 C, static, % 25
Operating temperature range 20 to +110 C Lubrication ability

(5 to +230 F) R2F,
running test B at 120 C Pass
Copper corrosion
Base oil viscosity: DIN 51 811, 110 C 2 max.
40 C, mm/s 200
100 C, mm/s 16 EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 1,4 max
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 2 800 min.
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +50 max. (325 max.) Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 (mg) 5,7*
Mechanical stability:
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm +50 max. Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge
V2F test 'M' 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
salt water test (100% seawater) 11*
* Typical value
128
SKF High Load, Extreme Pressure,
LGWA 2
Wide Temperature Range Bearing Grease
SKF LGWA 2 is a premium quality mineral oil based,
lithium complex grease with extreme pressure (EP)
performance. LGWA 2 is recommended for general
industrial and automotive applications, when loads or
temperatures exceed the range of general purpose
greases.
Excellent lubrication at peak temperatures up to 220 C (430 F)

for short periods
Protection of wheel bearings operating under severe conditions
Effective lubrication in wet conditions
Good water and corrosion resistance
Excellent lubrication under high loads and low speeds
Wheel bearings in cars, trailers and trucks
Washing machines
Fan and electric motors
Technical data
Designation LGWA 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KP2N-30 Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
Soap type Lithium complex
Oil separation
Colour Amber DIN 51 817,

(20 to +285 F) R2F,
running test B at 120 C Pass at 100 C (210 F)
Copper corrosion
Base oil viscosity DIN 51 811, 110 C 2 max.
40 C, mm/s 185
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 1,6 max.
60 strokes, 10 mm 265295
100 000 strokes, 10 mm +50 max. (325 max.) Available pack sizes 35, 200 g tube
420 ml cartridge
Mechanical stability 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 10 mm +50 max. change SKF SYSTEM 24
V2F test 'M' (LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
water washout test 00*
* Typical value
129
LGGB 2 SKF Biodegradable Bearing Grease
SKF LGGB 2 is a biodegradable, low toxicity, synthetic ester
oil based grease, using a lithium-calcium thickener. Its
special formulation makes it most suitable for applications
where environmental contamination is a concern.
Compliance with current regulations on toxicity and biodegradability

Good performance in applications with steel-on-steel spherical plain
bearings, ball bearings and roller bearings
Good low temperature start-up performance
Good corrosion inhibiting properties
Suitable for medium to high loads
Agricultural and forestry equipment
Construction and earthmoving equipment
Mining and conveying equipment
Water treatment and irrigation
Locks, dams, bridges
Linkages, rod ends
Technical data
Designation LGGB 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KPE 2K-40 Corrosion protection
Water resistance
Soap type Lithium/calcium
DIN 51 807/1, 3 hrs at 90 C 0 max.
Colour Off white
Oil separation
Base oil type Synthetic ester DIN 51 817, 7 days at 40 C, static, % 0,33
(40 to +195 F) R2F, running test B at 120 C Pass at 100 C (210 F)*
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >170 C (>340 F) Rolling bearing grease life
Base oil viscosity R0F test L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs >300 at 120 C (250 F)
100 C, mm/s 13 Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 1,8 max.
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295 Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +50 max. (325 max.) 5, 18, 180 kg
Mechanical stability SKF SYSTEM 24 (LAGD)
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm +70 max. (350 max.)
* Typical value
130
LGBB 2 SKF Wind Turbine Blade and Yaw Bearing Grease
SKF LGBB 2 is a lithium complex/synthetic PAO oil based
grease specially designed for extreme conditions involving
very low speeds, high loads, low temperatures and
oscillating conditions. This grease provides proper
lubrication whether the turbine is operating or in stand-
still mode, installed onshore, offshore, or in cold climate
areas.
Excellent false brinelling protection

Excellent performance under high loads
Excellent performance at low temperature starting torque
Good pumpability down to low temperatures
Excellent water resistance
Excellent corrosion protection
High thermal and mechanical stability
Wind turbine blade and yaw bearing applications
Technical data
Designation LGBB 2/(pack size)
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hours at 90 C 1 max.
Soap type Lithium complex
Oil separation
Colour Yellow DIN 51817,
Base oil type Synthetic (PAO) 7 days at 40 C, static, % 4 max, 2.5*
Operating temperature range 40 to +120 C Copper corrosion

(40 to +250 F) DIN 51 811, 120 C 1 max.
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >200 C (390 F) EP performances

Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1400 N, mm 0.4 *
Base oil viscosity 4-ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 5 500 *
40 C, mm/s 68
Rolling bearing lubrication ability
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 Fe8, DIN 51819,
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295 80 kN, 80 C, C/P 1.8, 500 h pass
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +50 max.
False brinellng resistance
Mechanical stability ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test, mg 01*
Roll stability, 50h at 80 C, 101 mm +50 max.
Avalaible packsizes 420 ml cartridge
Corrosion protection 5, 18, 180 kg
Emcor: Standard ISO 11007 00
Salt water test (100% sea water) 01*
* Typical value
131
LGLT 2 SKF Low Temperature, Extremely High Speed Bearing Grease
SKF LGLT 2 is a fully synthetic oil based grease using
lithium soap. Its unique thickener technology and
low viscosity oil (PAO) provide excellent lubrication
performances at low temperatures 50 C (60 F)
and extremely high speeds (n dm values of 1,6 106
can be reached).
Low friction torque

Quiet running
Extremely good oxidation stability and resistance to water
Textile spinning spindles
Machine tool spindles
Instruments and control equipment
Small electric motors used in medical and dental equipment
In-line skates
Printing cylinders
Robots
Technical data
Designation LGLT 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code K2G-50 Corrosion protection
Water resistance
Soap type Lithium
DIN 51 807/1,
Colour Beige 3 hrs at 90 C 1 max.
Base oil type Synthetic (PAO) Oil separation
Operating temperature range 50 to +110 C DIN 51 817,
(60 to +230 F) 7 days at 40 C, static, % <4
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >180 C (>355 F) Copper corrosion

DIN 51 811, 110 C 1 max. at 100 C (210 F)
Base oil viscosity
40 C, mm/s 18 Rolling bearing grease life
100 C, mm/s 4,5 R0F test >1 000,
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs 20 000 r/min. at 100 C
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 (210 F)
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +50 max. EP performance
4ball test,
Mechanical stability welding load DIN 51350/4, N 2 000 min.
Roll stability, 380 max.
50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm Available pack sizes 180 g tube
0.9, 25, 170 kg
132
LGWM 1 SKF Extreme Pressure Low Temperature Bearing Grease
SKF LGWM 1 is a low consistency mineral oil based grease,
using a lithium soap and containing extreme pressure
additives. It is extremely suitable for the lubrication of
bearings operating under both radial and axial loads.
Good oil lm formation at low temperatures down to 30 C (20 F)

Good corrosion protection
Good water resistance
Wind turbine main shafts
Screw conveyors
Centralised lubrication systems
Technical data
Designation LGWM 1/(pack size)
DIN 51 807/1,
Soap type Lithium
Oil separation
Colour Brown DIN 51 817,
Operating temperature range 30 to +110 C Copper corrosion

(20 to +230 F) DIN 51 811, 110 C 2 max. at 90 C (>195 F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >170 C (>340 F) EP performance

Base oil viscosity 4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 3 200 min.*
40 C, mm/s 200
100 C, mm/s 16 Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 (mg) 5,5*
60 strokes, 101 mm 310340 Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +50 max. 5, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
Corrosion protection:
* Typical value
133
LGWM 2 SKF High Load, Wide Temperature Bearing Grease
SKF LGWM 2 is a synthetic-mineral oil based grease using
the latest complex calcium sulphonate thickener
technology. It is suitable for applications subjected to high
loads, wet environments and fluctuating temperatures.

Excellent mechanical stability
Excellent high load lubricating capacity
Good false brinelling protection
Wind turbine mains shafts
Heavy duty off road applications
Snow exposed applications
Marine and offshore applications
Technical data
Designation LGWM 2/(pack size)
DIN 51 807/1,
Soap type Complex calcium
Oil separation
sulphonate
DIN 51 817,
Colour Yellow 7 days at 40 C, static, % 3 max.
Base oil type Synthetic (PAO)/ Mineral Lubrication ability
Operating temperature range 40 to +110 C R2F, running test B at 120 C Pass at 140 C (285 F)
(40 to +230 F) R2F, Cold chamber test (+20 C) Pass
R2F, Cold chamber test (30 C) Pass
Copper corrosion
Base oil viscosity DIN 51 811, 110 C 1 max.
40 C, mm/s 80
100 C, mm/s 8,6 Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs 1 824* at 110 C (230 F)
60 strokes, 101 mm 280310
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +30 max. EP performance
Mechanical stability 4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 4 000 min.
Roll stability,
50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm +50 max. Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test at +25 C, mg 5,2*
Corrosion protection ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test at 20 C, mg 1,1*
water washout test 00 Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge
salt water test (100% seawater) 00 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24
(LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
* Typical value
134
LGEM 2 SKF High Viscosity Bearing Grease with Solid Lubricants
SKF LGEM 2 is a high viscosity, mineral oil based grease
using a lithium soap. Its content of molybdenum disulphide
and graphite provides extra protection for harsh applications
subjected to high loads, heavy vibrations and slow rotations.
High oxidation stability

Molybdenum disulphide and graphite provide lubrication even
if the oil lm breaks down
Rolling element bearings running at low speed and very high loads
Jaw crushers
Track laying machines
Lift mast wheels
Building machines such as mechanical rams, crane arms and
crane hooks
Technical data
Designation LGEM 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KPF2K-20 Corrosion protection
Soap type Lithium
Water resistance
Colour Black DIN 51 807/1,
Base oil type Mineral 3 hrs at 90 C 1 max.
Operating temperature range 20 to +120 C Oil separation

(5 to +250 F) DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 C, static, % 15
Lubrication ability
Base oil viscosity R2F, running test B at 120 C Pass at 100 C (210 F)
40 C, mm/s 500
100 C, mm/s 32 Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 C 2 max. at 100 C (210 F)
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295 EP performance
100 000 strokes, 101 mm 325 max. Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 1,4 max.
4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 3 000 min.
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm 345 max. Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge
V2F test M 5, 18, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24
(LAGD/TLSD)
135
LGEV 2 SKF Extremely High Viscosity Bearing Grease with Solid Lubricants
SKF LGEV 2 is a mineral oil based grease, using a lithium-
calcium soap. Its high content of molybdenum disulphide
and graphite, in conjunction with an extremely high
viscosity oil, provide outstanding protection under the
harshest conditions involving high loads, slow rotations
and severe vibrations.
Extremely suitable for lubricating large sized spherical roller bearings

subject to high loads and slow rotations, a situation where microslip
is likely to occur
Extremely mechanically stable providing good water resistance and
corrosion protection
Trunnion bearings on rotating drums
Support and thrust rollers on rotary kilns and dryers
Bucket wheel excavators
Slewing ring bearings
High pressure roller mills
Crushers
Technical data
Designation LGEV 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KPF2K-10 Corrosion protection
water washout test 00*
Soap type Lithium/calcium salt water test (100% seawater) 00*
Colour Black Water resistance
Base oil type Mineral DIN 51 807/1,
Operating temperature range 10 to +120 C
(15 to 250 F) Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >180 C (>355 F) 7 days at 40 C, static, % 15
Base oil viscosity Copper corrosion
40 C, mm/s 1 020 DIN 51 811, 110 C 1 max. at 100 C (210 F)
100 C, mm/s 58
EP performance
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 1,2 max.
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295 4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4 3 000 min.
100 000 strokes, 101 mm 325 max.
Available pack sizes 35 g tube
Mechanical stability 420 ml cartridge
Roll stability, 72 hrs at 100 C, 101 mm +50 max. 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
V2F test M TLMR
* Typical value
136
LGHB 2 SKF High Load, High Temperature, High Viscosity Bearing Grease
SKF LGHB 2 is a high viscosity, mineral oil based grease,
using the latest complex calcium-sulphonate soap
technology. Formulated to withstand high temperatures
and extreme loads, it is suitable for a wide range of
applications, especially in the cement, mining and metals
segments. This grease contains no additives and the
extreme pressure properties arise from the soap structure.
Excellent anti-oxidation and anti-corrosion properties

Excellent performance in applications running at high loads
Withstands peak temperatures of 200 C (390 F)
Steel on steel plain bearings
Pulp and paper making machines
Asphalt vibrating screens
Continuous casting machines
Sealed spherical roller bearings operating up to 150 C (300 F)
Work roll bearings in steel industry
Mast rollers of fork lift trucks
Technical data
Designation LGHB 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KP2N-20 Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
Soap type Complex calcium
Oil separation
sulphonate
DIN 51 817,
Colour Brown 7 days at 40 C, static, % 13 at 60 C (140 F)
Base oil type Mineral Lubrication ability
Operating temperature range 20 to +150 C R2F,
(5 to +300 F) running test B at 120 C Pass at 140 C (285 F)

DIN 51 811, 110 C 2 max. at 150 C (300 F)
Base oil viscosity
100 C, mm/s 26,5 R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs >1 000 at 130 C (265 F)
100 000 strokes, 101 mm 20 to +50 (325 max.) Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 0,86*
4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 4 000 min.
Roll stability, 72 hrs at 100 C, 101 mm 20 to +50 change Fretting corrosion
V2F test M ASTM D4170 (mg) 0*
Corrosion protection Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge

Emcor: standard ISO 11007 00 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
water washout test 00 SKF SYSTEM 24
salt water test (100% seawater) 00* (LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
* Typical value
137
LGHP 2 SKF High Performance, High Temperature Bearing Grease
SKF LGHP 2 is a premium quality mineral oil based grease,
using a modern Polyurea (di-urea) thickener. It is suitable
for electric motors and similar applications.
Extremely long life at high temperatures

Wide temperature range
High thermal and mechanical stability
Good start-up performance at low temperatures
Compatibility with common polyurea and lithium thickened greases
Low noise properties
Electric motors: Small, medium and large
Industrial fans, including high speed fans
Water pumps
Rolling bearings in textile, paper processing and drying machines
Applications with medium and high speed ball (and roller) bearings
operating at medium and high temperatures
Clutch release bearings
Vertical shaft applications
Kiln trucks and rollers
Technical data
Designation LGHP 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code K2N-40 Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
Soap type Diurea
Oil separation
Colour Blue DIN 51 817,

(40 to +300 F) R2F,
running test B at 120 C Pass
Copper corrosion
Base oil viscosity DIN 51 811, 110 C 1 max. at 150 C (300 F)
40 C, mm/s 96
R0F test 1 000 min.
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs at 150 C (300 F)
60 strokes, 101 mm 245275
100 000 strokes, 101 mm 365 max. Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 (mg) 7*
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm 365 max. Available pack sizes 420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18,
Corrosion protection 50, 180 kg
Emcor: standard ISO 11007 00 SKF SYSTEM 24
water washout test 00 (LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
salt water test (100% seawater) 00
* Typical value
138
LGET 2 SKF Extreme Temperature, Extreme Condition Bearing Grease
SKF LGET 2 is a synthetic fluorinated oil based grease,
using a PTFE thickener. It is especially suitable for
applications at extremely high temperatures from
200 C (390 F) up to 260 C (500 F).
Long life in aggressive environments such as very reactive areas

with a presence of high purity gaseous oxygen and hexane
Excellent oxidation resistance
Good corrosion resistance
Excellent water and steam resistance
Bakery equipment (ovens)
Kiln truck wheels
Load rollers in copying machines
Wafer baking machines
Textile dryers Important note:
Film stretching tenders LGET 2 is a fluorinated grease and is not
Electric motors running at extreme temperatures compatible with other greases, oils and
Emergency / hot fans preservatives. Therefore, very thorough
Vacuum pumps cleaning of bearings and systems is
essential before applying fresh grease
(except when reapplying LGET 2).
Technical data
Designation LGET 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KFK2U-40 Corrosion protection
Emcor:
Soap type PTFE
Water resistance
Colour Off white DIN 51 807/1,
Base oil type Synthetic 3 hrs at 90 C 0 max.
(fluorinated polyether) Oil separation
Operating temperature range 40 to +260 C DIN 51 817,
(40 to +500 F) 7 days at 40 C, static, % 13 max. 30 hrs at 200 C (390 F)

DIN 51 811, 110 C 1
Base oil viscosity
100 C, mm/s 38 R0F test >700, 5 600 r/min.*
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs at 220 C (430 F)
4ball test,
Roll stability,
50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm 30 max. 130 C (265 F) Available pack sizes 50 g (25 ml) syringe
1 kg
* Typical value
139
SKF Food Grade Lubricants
LGFP 2 General purpose food grade grease
SKF LGFP 2 is a clean, non-toxic bearing grease, which is

based on medical white oil using an aluminium complex soap.
High resistance to water

Excellent grease life
Excellent corrosion resistance
An essentially neutral pH value
NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
Multi-pack cassette bearings
Wrapping machines
Conveyor bearings
Bottling machines
Ordering details
Pack sizes LGFP 2 Pack sizes LGFP 2
420 ml cartridge LGFP 2/0.4 SKF SYSTEM 24 / LAGD 125 ml LAGD 125/FP2
1 kg can LGFP 2/1 SKF SYSTEM 24 / TLSD 125 ml TLSD 125/FP2
18 kg can LGFP 2/18 SKF SYSTEM 24 / TLSD 250 ml TLSD 250/FP2
180 kg can LGFP 2/180 TLMR 120 ml LGFP 2/MR120
SKF SYSTEM 24 / LAGD 60 ml LAGD 60/FP2 TLMR 380 ml LGFP 2/MR380
Technical data
Designation LGFP 2/(pack size)
NLGI consistency class 2 Corrosion protection
DIN 51825 code K2G-20 Emcor: standard ISO 11007 00
Appearance Transparent Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1, 3 hrs at 90 C 1 max.
Soap type Aluminium complex
Oil separation
Base oil type Medical white oil
DIN 51 817, 7 days at 40 C, static, % 15
Operating temperature range 20 to +110 C (5 to +230
F)
R0F test
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 >250 C (>480 F) L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs 1 000 at 110 C (230 F)
Base oil viscosity EP performance
40 C, mm/s 130 4ball test,
100 C, mm/s 7,3 welding load DIN 51350/4, N 1 100 min.
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 Shelf life 2 years
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295
NSF Reg. No. 128004
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +30 max.
140
LGFS 00 General purpose food grade grease
SKF LGFS 00 is a premium synthetic base oil and
Aluminium complex thickened grease suitable for
applications where vegetarian and nut-free food
is produced.
LGFS 00 does not contain any natural products derived from

animals, GMOs and nuts
It does not promote the growth of bacteria and fungal organisms
Applications
Enclosed industrial gearboxes and automatic, centralized
lubrication systems such as those used for:
Packaging
Cutting/forming knives
Conveyers
Ordering details
Pack sizes LGFS 00
19 kg can LGFS 00/19
Technical data
Designation LGFS 00/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818 00 Dropping Point ISO 2176 >200 C (>392 F)
Classification, DIN 51502 GP HC 00 G-40 Penetration ISO 2137
Classification, ISO 6743-9 L-XEBEB 00 25 C, 101 mm 400-430
Appearance White semi-fluid Base oil viscosity ISO 3104

40 C, mm/s 220
Type of thickener Aluminium complex 100 C, mm/s 25
Base oil type Synthetic (PAO) Shelf life 2 years
Operating temperatures range 45 to +100 C NSF Reg. No. 149602
(49 to +212 F)
peak up to 120 C (248 F)
141
LGFD 2 High load food grade grease
SKF LGFD 2 is a premium synthetic base oil and
applications experiencing high loads.
Excellent oxidation and mechanical stability

Excellent water and corrosion resistance
Excellent adhesive properties
Applications
Lubrication of bearings, joints, linkages and slides in F&B industry,
for the machines used in:
Packaging
Bottling
Wrapping
Conveyers
Ordering details
Pack sizes LGFD 2
400 ml cartridge LGFD 2/0.4
19 kg can LGFD 2/19
Technical data
Designation LGFD 2/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818 2 Dropping Point ISO 2176 >240 C (>464 F)
Classification, DIN 51502 KP HC 2 K-30 Penetration ISO 2137
Classification, ISO 6743-9 L-XCCEB 2 25 C, 101 mm 265-295
Appearance White smooth paste Base oil viscosity ISO 3104

40 C, mm/s 220
Type of thickener Aluminium complex 100 C, mm/s 25
Base oil type Synthetic (PAO) Shelf life 2 years
Operating temperatures range 35 to +120 C NSF Reg. No. 149601
(31 to +248 F)
142
LGFC 1 Low temperature food grade grease
SKF LGFC 1 is a premium synthetic base oil and
applications experiencing low temperatures.
Excellent low temperature performance

Applications
for machines used in:
Freezers
Cooling processes
Ordering details
Pack sizes LGFC 1
400 ml cartridge LGFC 1/0.4
19 kg can LGFC 1/19
Technical data
Designation LGFC 1/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818 1 Penetration ISO 2137
Classification, DIN 51502 K HC 1 E-50 25 C, 101 mm 310-340
Classification, ISO 6743-9 L-XEBEA 1 Base oil viscosity ISO 3104

30 C, mm/s 960
Appearance Pale yellow, smooth paste +40 C, mm/s 20
Type of thickener Aluminium complex +100 C, mm/s (calulated) 4.8
Base oil type Synthetic (PAO) Flow pressure
25 C, mbar 300
Operating temperatures range 50 to +100 C
35 C, mbar 475
(58 to +212 F)
peak up to 110 C (230 F) Shelf life 2 years
Dropping Point ISO 2176 >200 C (>392 F) NSF Reg. No. 149603
143
LGFT 2 High temperature food grade grease
SKF LGFT 2 is a premium synthetic base oil and
inorganically thickened 1 grease suitable for applications
experiencing high temperatures.
Excellent high temperature performance

Applications
for the machines used in:
Ovens
Other bakery equipment
1 LGFT 2 is based on an inorganic thickener and therefore incompatible

with most greases based on other type of thickeners.
Ordering details
Pack sizes LGFT 2
400 ml cartridge LGFT 2/0.4
19 kg can LGFT 2/19
Technical data
Designation LGFT 2/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818 2 Dropping Point ISO 2176 None
Classification, DIN 51502 KP HC 2 S-30 Penetration ISO 2137
Classification, ISO 6743-9 L-XCGEA 2 25 C, 101 mm 265-295
Appearance Beige, smooth paste Base oil viscosity ISO 3104

40 C, mm/s 400
Type of thickener Inorganic 100 C, mm/s 40
Base oil type Synthetic (PAO) 200 C, mm/s (calculated) 6
Operating temperatures range 30 to +200 C Shelf life 2 years

(22 to +392 F) NSF Reg. No. 149604
144
LFFH 46 Food grade hydraulic oil
SKF LFFH 46 and LFFH 68 are synthetic hydraulic
fluids suitable for lubrication of machinery used in
LFFH 68 the food industry.
Excellent anti-wear performance

Excellent water separation properties
Excellent protection against corrosion
Applications
Hydraulic systems
Hydrostatic gears
Circulating oil systems
Ordering details
Pack sizes LFFH 46 LFFH 68
22 l can LFFH 46/22 LFFH 68/22
205 l can LFFH 46/205 LFFH 68/205
Technical data
Designation LFFH 46/(pack size) LFFH 68/(pack size)
Appearance Yellowish Yellowish
Base oil type Synthetic Synthetic
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
40 C, mm/s 46 68
100 C, mm/s 7.9 10.9
Density ISO 12185
15 C, kg/m3 836 843
Flash point DIN/EN/ISO 2592 COC 248 C 258 C
Pourpoint ISO 3016 <60 C <60 C
FZG-Test A/8.3/90 Failure Load Stage DIN 51354-2 12 >12
Viscosity Index DIN ISO 2909 142 143
Shelf life 2 years 2 years
NSF Reg. No. 149599 149600
145
LFFG 220 Food grade gear oil
SKF LFFG 220 and LFFG 320 are synthetic gear
oils suitable for lubrication of machinery used in
LFFG 320 the food industry.
Excellent EP properties
High viscosity index resulting in minimum variation of viscosity
with change of temperature
Excellent protection against corrosion
Applications
Enclosed gear boxes
Packaging
Conveyers
Ordering details
Pack sizes LFFG 220 LFFG 320
22 l can LFFG 220/22 LFFG 320/22
205 l can LFFG 220/205 LFFG 320/205
Technical data
Designation LFFG 220/(pack size) LFFG 320/(pack size)
Appearance Pale yellow Pale yellow
Base oil type Synthetic Synthetic
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
40 C, mm/s 220 320
100 C, mm/s 25 33.4
Density ISO 12185
15 C, kg/m3 847 852
Flash point DIN/EN/ISO 2592 COC 276 C 278 C
Pourpoint ISO 3016 48 C 45 C
FZG-Test A/8.3/90 Failure Load Stage DIN 51354-2 >12 >12
Viscosity Index DIN ISO 2909 143 147
Shelf life 2 years 2 years
NSF Reg. No. 149597 149598
146
LFFM 80 Food grade chain oil
Our food grade chain oil range is specifically developed for
food and beverage applications where high temperature, high
LHFP 150 humidity and low temperatures are critical factors to consider
in the selection of the correct oil.
LFFT 220 LFFM 80 - High moisture chain oil LFFM 80 exhibits particularly good
performance in high moisture environments such as in proofers and pasta
driers as well as in applications where condensation might occur. This low
viscosity semi-synthetic base oil prevents residue build-up on the chains
and offers good wear and corrosion protection.
LHFP 150 - General purpose chain oil LHFP 150 excels in low to elevated
temperature applications such as in confectionery industries and fruit and
vegetable processing. The formulation is based on a synthetic oil and the
product provides good corrosion and wear protection together with good
aging and oxidation stability.
LFFT 220 - High temperature performance chain oil LFFT 220 is mainly
for use in bakery ovens or other equipment subjected to high temperatures.
It provides good wear protection and low evaporation losses at elevated
temperatures along with excellent oxidation resistance due to its
formulation and synthetic base.
Ordering details
Pack sizes LFFM 80 LHFP 150 LFFT 220
5 l can LFFM 80/5 LHFP 150/5 LFFT 220/5
SKF SYSTEM 24 / LAGD 125 ml LAGD 125/FFM80 LAGD 125/HFP15 LAGD 125/FFT22
Technical data
Designation LFFM 80 LHFP 150 LFFT 220
Appearance White Colourless Yellow
Base oil type Semi synthetic (mineral/ester) Synthetic ester Synthetic ester
Specific gravity 0.89 0.85 0.95
Operating temperature range 30 to +120 C (22 to +248 F) 30 to +120 C (22 to +248 F) 0 to 250 C (32 to 482 F)
Base oil viscosity:
40 C (104 F), mm/s approx. 80 ISO VG 150 ISO VG 220
100 C (212 F), mm/s approx. 10 approx. 19 approx. 17
Flash point >200 C (>392 F) >200 C (>392 F) >250 C (>482 F)
NSF Reg. No. 146767 136858 146768
147
LDTS 1 Food grade dry film lubricant
SKF Dry Film Lubricant LDTS 1 has been specially
developed for automatic lubrication of plastic flat top
chain conveyors in the beverage processing industry.
It adheres very well to all treated surfaces and has
outstanding properties. The lubricant consists of
synthetic oil and is doped with PTFE solid lubricant.
Cost savings by eliminating high volume of water and soluble lubricant.

Improved operator safety by reducing slip hazards.
Quality of packaging is maintained by elimination of moisture.
Reduced risk of product contamination by minimising microbiological
growth.
Enhanced line efficiency by avoiding replacement costs and associated
unplanned production stops.
Reduced cleaning costs.
Applications
Conveyors in bottling lines using PET, carton, glass or can packages.
Ordering details
Pack sizes LDTS 1
5 l can LDTS 1/5
Technical data
Designation LDTS 1
Composition Mineral oils, hydrocarbons, Flash point of the preparation ca. 100 C (210 F)
additives, PTFE
Flash point after evaporation
Appearance White of the solvent >170 C (340 F)
Operating temperature range 5 to +60 C (25 to 140 F) NSF Reg. No. 139739
Viscosity at 40 C (104 F) ca. 11 mm/s
Pour point <0 C
Density 20 C (70 F) ca. 843 kg/m
148
Special lubricants
LESA 2 Grease developed for SKF Energy Efficient

spherical roller bearings
SKF LESA 2 grease combines a fully synthetic
polyalphaolefine (PAO) base oil with a unique lithium soap
thickener. This premium quality, low friction grease has
been specially developed for SKF Energy Efficient spherical
roller bearings.
Low friction torque

Helps to minimise energy losses due to friction
Quiet running
Extremely good oxidation stability and resistance to water
Technical data
Designation LESA 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code KP2G-50 Corrosion protection
NLGI consistency class 2 Emcor:
Soap type Lithium
Water resistance
Colour Beige DIN 51 807/1,
Base oil type PAO 3 hrs at 90 C 1 max.
Temperature range 50 to +110 C Oil separation

(60 to +230 F) DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 C, static, % <4
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 180 min. (356 min.)
Copper corrosion
Base oil viscosity DIN 51 811, 110 C 1 max. 100 C (210 F)
40 C, mm/s 18
R0F test
Penetration DIN ISO 2137 L50 life at 20 000 r/min, hrs >1 000, 110 C (230 F)
60 strokes, 101 mm 265295
100 000 strokes, 101 mm +50 max. (325 max.) EP performance
4-ball test,
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 C, 101 mm 380 max.
Available packsizes 420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18 kg can
149
LMCG 1 Grid and gear coupling grease
LMCG 1 is a polyethylene thickened and mineral oil based
grease which also uses a lithium complex thickening
technology. The grease is formulated to withstand high
centrifugal forces and high-torque applications for grid and
gear (flexible) couplings even where severe shock loadings,
misalignment and vibration occur.
Excellent resistance to oil separation

High acceleration and high operating speeds
Excellent high-torque lubrication
High corrosion protection
Exceeds AGMA Type CG-1 and AGMA Type CG-2 requirements
High coupling wear protection
Excellent oxidation stability
Due to low oil bleeding tendency, suitable for use in centralized
lubrication systems
Applications
Grid couplings
Gear couplings
Flexible heavy duty grid and gear couplings
Low maintenance cost and long life grid and gear couplings
Technical data
Designation LMCG 1/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code GOG1G-0 Corrosion protection
SKF Emcor:
Soap type Polyethylene salt water test (100% seawater) 22
Colour Brown Copper corrosion ASTM D4048
Base oil type Mineral 24 hrs at 100 C 1b
Operating temperature range 0 to 120 C EP performance

(32 to 248 F) Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm 0,5 max.
4ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N 3 200*
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176 210 C (410 F)
Koppers Method ASTM D4425
Base oil viscosity K36, 24h <24%
40 C, mm/s 670
100 C, mm/s 34 Approximate density
at 20 C, IPPM-CS/03 0.94
60 strokes, 101 mm 310340 Available pack sizes 35 g tube
420 ml cartridge
2, 18, 50 kg
* Typical value
150
LHMT 68 SKF Chain Oil
Designed to fulfill the requirements of most industrial
chain applications
LHHT 265
LHMT 68 - SKF LHMT 68 is ideal for medium temperatures and dusty
environments like those of cement and material handling industries,
where a high penetration and light film are required.
LHHT 265 - SKF LHHT 265 synthetic oil is ideal for high load and/or
high temperature conditions, like those found in the pulp and paper
and textile industries. It doesnt form any residue at high temperatures
and it is neutral towards seals and polymers.
Increase chain life and re-lubrication interval

Reduce oil consumption and energy consumption
Applications
Conveyor chains
Drive chains
Lift chains
Ordering details
Chain oil LHMT 68 LHHT 265
Description Medium temperature oil High temperature oil
Can 5 liter LHMT 68/5 LHHT 265/5
SKF SYSTEM 24
LAGD series Unit 60 ml LAGD 60/HMT68*
Unit 125 ml LAGD 125/HMT68* LAGD 125/HHT26*
TLSD series Complete unit 122 ml TLSD 125/HMT68 TLSD 125/HHT26
Complete unit 250 ml TLSD 250/HMT68 TLSD 250/HHT26
Refill set 122 ml LHMT 68/EML125 LHHT 265/EML12
Refill set 250 ml LHMT 68/EML250 LHHT 265/EML25
* Includes non-return valve
Technical data
Designation LHMT 68 LHHT 265
Description Medium temperature oil High temperature oil
Specific gravity 0.85 0.92
Colour Yellowish brown Yellow orange
Base oil type Mineral Synthetic ester
Operating temperature range 15 to +90 C (5 to 194 F) Up to 250 C (482 F)
Base oil viscosity:
40 C (104 F), mm/s ISO VG 68 approx. 265
100 C (212 F), mm/s approx. 9 approx. 30
Flash point >200 C (392 F) approx. 260 C (500 F)
Pour point <-15 C (5 F) n/a
151
Technical data
Understanding grease technical data
Some basic knowledge is required to understand the technical data so that you
can select the proper grease. This is an excerpt of the main terms mentioned in
SKF grease technical data.
Consistency Viscosity
A measure of the stiffness of a grease. A proper consistency must A measure of a fluids resistance to flow. For lubricants, a proper viscosity
ensure that the grease stays in the bearing without generating too must guarantee an adequate separation between surfaces without
much friction. It is classified according to a scale developed by the NLGI causing too much friction. According to ISO standards, it is measured at
(National Lubricating Grease Institute). The softer the grease, the lower 40 C (105 F), as viscosity changes with temperature. Values at 100 C
the number. Grease for bearings are typically NLGI 1, 2 or 3. The test (210 F) allow calculation of the viscosity index, e.g. how much the
measures how deep a cone falls into a grease sample in tenths of mm. viscosity will decrease when temperature rises.
Classification of greases by NLGI consistency number Mechanical stability

NLGI ASTM worked Appearance The consistency of bearing greases should not significantly change
number penetration at room
(101 mm) temperature during its working life. Three main tests are normally used to analyse
000 445475 very fluid this behaviour:
00 400430 fluid
Prolonged penetration
0 355385 semi-fluid
The grease sample is subjected to 100 000 strokes in a device
1 310340 very soft
called a grease worker. Then, the penetration is measured.
2 265295 soft The difference against penetration at 60 strokes is reported
3 220250 medium hard as the change in 101 mm.
4 175205 hard
5 130160 very hard Roll stability
6 85115 extremely hard A grease sample is placed in a cylinder with a roller inside. The
cylinder is then rotated for 72 or 100 hours at 80 or 100 C
(175 or 210 F) (the standard test demands just 2 hours at room
temperature). At the end of the test period, once the cylinder has
Temperature range cooled to room temperature, the penetration of the grease is
Comprehends the suitable working range of the grease. It goes between measured and the change in consistency is reported in 101 mm.
the low temperature limit (LTL) and the high temperature performance
limit (HTPL). LTL is defined as the lowest temperature at which the V2F test
grease will allow the bearing to be started up without difficulty. Below A railway axlebox is subjected to vibration shocks of 1 Hz from a
this limit, starvation will occur and cause a failure. Above HTPL, the bouncing hammer producing an acceleration level between 1215 g.
grease will degrade in an uncontrolled way so that grease life cannot be After 72 hours at 500 r/min., the grease leaked from the housing
determined accurately. through the labyrinth seal is collected in a tray. If it weighs less than
50 g, a rating of m is granted, otherwise it is rated as fail.
Afterwards, the test is continued for another 72 hours at 1 000 r/min.
Dropping point If less than 150 grams of grease leaked after completion of both tests,
Temperature at which a grease sample, when heated, will begin to flow then a rating of M is given.
through an opening according to DIN ISO 2176. It is important to
understand that this point is considered to have limited significance for
performance of the grease as it is always far above HTPL.
152
Roll stability test rig V2F grease test rig
Corrosive environments demand special properties for rolling bearing
greases. During the Emcor test, bearings are lubricated with a mixture
of grease and distilled water. At the end of the test, a value between 0
(no corrosion) and 5 (very severe corrosion) is given. Salt water, instead
of distilled water or continuous water flow (washout test), can be used to
make the test more severe.
Water resistance
A glass strip is coated with the candidate grease, which is placed into
Emcor grease test rig a water-filled test tube. The test tube is immersed in a water bath for
three hours at a specified test temperature. The change in the grease
is visually evaluated and reported as a value between 0 (no change)
and 3 (major change) along with the test temperature.
Glass or metal plate

Oil separation
Thin layer of grease on plate Lubricating greases release oil when stored for long periods of time or
when used in bearings as a function of temperature. The degree of oil
Distilled water separation will depend upon the thickener, base oil and manufacturing
method. In the test, a cup is filled with a given quantity of grease (and is
Temperature controlled bath,
weighed before the test) and a 100 gram weight is placed on top of the
e.g. 90 1 C
grease. The complete unit is placed into an oven at 40 C (105 F) for one
week. At the end of the week, the amount of oil which has leaked through
Water resistance test the sieve, is weighed and reported as a percentage of weight loss.
Dead weight
(gives light pressure
on grease sample)
P
Sieve
Separated oil
Oil separation test
153
R2F grease test rig ROF+ grease test rig
Lubrication ability Extreme pressure (EP) performance

The R2F test assesses the high temperature performance and lubricating The 4-ball weld load test rig uses three steel balls held in a cup. A fourth
ability of a grease. A shaft with two spherical roller bearings in their ball is rotated against the three balls at a given speed. A starting load is
respective housings is driven by an electric motor. The bearings are run applied and increased at pre-determined intervals until the rotating ball
under load, the speed may be varied and heat can be applied. The test seizes and welds to the stationary balls. Values above 2 600 N are
method is carried out under two different conditions after which the typically expected in EP grease. Under the 4-ball wear scar test, SKF
wear of the rollers and the cage is measured. Test A is conducted at applies 1 400 N (standard test uses 400 N) on the fourth ball during
ambient temperature and a pass rating means that the grease can be 1 minute. The wear on the three balls is measured and values below
used to lubricate large bearings at normal operating temperatures and 2 mm are considered as appropriate values for EP greases.
also in low vibrating applications. Test B runs at 120 C (250 F) and a
pass rating indicates suitability for large bearings at high temperatures.
Fretting corrosion
Vibrating or oscillating conditions are typical causes for fretting corrosion.
Copper corrosion Under the FAFNIR test, two thrust ball bearings are loaded and subjected
Lubricating greases should protect copper alloys used in bearings from to oscillation. The wear on each bearing is then measured. A wear below
corrosive attack while in service. To assess these properties, a copper 7 mg indicates good fretting protection.
strip is immersed in the grease sample and placed in an oven. The strip
is then cleaned and the degradation is observed. The result is rated by
a numerical system and a rating above 2 indicates poor protection.

The R0F and ROF+ tests determine the grease life and its high
temperature performance limit (HTPL). Ten deep groove ball bearings
are fitted into five housings and filled with a given quantity of grease.
The test is undertaken at a pre-determined speed and temperature.
Axial and radial loads are applied and the bearings run to failure.
The time to failure is recorded in hours and a Weibull life calculation
is made to establish the grease life. This information can then be used
to determine re-lubrication intervals in an application.
154
Thickener compatibility chart
Lithium Calcium Sodium Lithium Calcium Sodium Barium Aluminium Clay Common Calcium
complex complex complex complex complex (Bentonite) polyurea* sulphonate
complex
Lithium
+ l - + - l l - l l +
Calcium
l + l + - l l - l l +
Sodium
- l + l l + + - l l -
Lithium
complex + + l + + l l + - - +
Calcium
complex - - l + + l - l l + +
Sodium
complex l l + l l + + - - l l
Barium
complex l l + l - + + + l l l
Aluminium
complex - - - + l - + + - l -
Clay
(Bentonite) l l l - l - l - + l -
Common
polyurea* l l l - + l l l l + +
Calcium
sulphonate
complex
+ + - + + l l - - + +
+= Compatible * SKF high performance, high temperature bearing grease LGHP2 is not a common polyurea type grease. It is a di-urea bearing
l = Test required grease, which has successfully been tested for compatibility with lithium and lithium complex thickened greases i.e. LGHP 2 is
-
= Incompatible compatible with such greases.
Base oil compatibility chart

Mineral/PAO Ester Polyglycol Silicone: Silicone: Polyphenylether PFPE
Methyl Phenyl
Mineral/
PAO + + - - + l -
Ester
+ + + - + l -
Polyglycol
- + + - - - -
Silicone:
methyl - - - + + - -
Silicone:
phenyl + + - + + + -
Polyphenyl-
ether l l - - + + -
PFPE
- - - - - - +
+= Compatible - = Incompatible
l = Test required
155
Storage tools
Modernise your oil storage and handling practices
Oil storage station

Oil storage station is an integrated solution designed to minimize the chances for lubricating oils to
get cross contaminated or contaminated during storage and transfer. It is a customized solution
helping to help ensure clean, organized, safe and reliable lubricant identification, storage and
transfer. It consists of the tailor-made set of colour-coded tanks, pumps, hose reels, filters and
additional lubricant handling equipment and tools.
Features
Choice of four aluminized steel tank sizes: 113, 246, 454 and 908 litre Filtration all systems come with fluid filtration capability with a
(30, 65, 120 and 240 US gal) choice of micron ratings and also desiccant air breathers
Scalable and configurable scale system to accommodate the number Accommodates lubricants up to ISO VG 680
of lubricants required for storage and dispensing All systems ship in fully assembled pods for efficient freight and
Choice of 10 tank colours rapid on-site installation
Spill control all systems come standard with integrated spill pans Transport all systems have integrated spill transport pallets for easy
for SPCC compliance and overall environmental protection forklift and hand truck access for freight and workplace mobility
Fire suppression includes MSHA-CFR30 rated flame resistant fire Power all systems come standard with 110 V single phase TEFC
suppression hoses as standard with optional fusible link tank isolation motors and can be configured for other power supplies as required
valves and auto-shut off taps
Standard model Superior model

Best practice contamination control Excellent contamination control
Very space efficient Instant lube room
Easy relocation around the plant Premium ergonomic dispensing and working surfaces
One pump and filter per tank Integrated parts and tool storage
Pressurized dispensing Electrical and mechanical protection systems
One pump and filter per tank
Pressurized dispensing
Numerous upgrade options
156
Optimum cleanliness when filling your grease guns
SKF Grease Filler Pumps LAGF series

Best lubrication practices say that each type of grease requires an individual
grease gun and the refilling has to be a clean process. SKF Grease Filler Pumps
are designed to help achieve this goal.
Quick filling: low pressure high stroke volume

Easy installation: all necessary items are included
Reliable: tested and approved for all SKF greases
Appropriate as a complement for SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550
Technical data
Designation LAGF 18 LAGF 50
Maximum pressure 30 bar (430 psi) 30 bar (430 psi)
Volume/stroke approx. 45 cm (1.5 US fl. oz) approx. 45 cm (1.5 US fl. oz)
Suitable drum dimensions:
inside diameter 265285 mm (10.411.2 in.) 350385 mm (13.815.2 in.)
maximum inside height 420 mm (16.5 in.) 675 mm (26.6 in.)
Weight 5 kg (11 lb) 7 kg (15 lb)
Contamination free grease filling
SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550

The sturdy and easy-to-use SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550 is designed to
completely fill open bearings such as tapered roller bearings. They can be used
with a standard grease gun, air-operated grease pump or grease filler pump.
Flushes the grease right between the rolling elements

Closed system: the cover lid prevents ingress of dirt
Note: Most suitable in conjunction with SKF Grease Filler Pumps LAGF Series
Technical data
Designation VKN 550
Bearing range:
inner diameter (d) 19 to 120 mm (0.7 to 4.7 in.)
outer diameter (D) max. 200 mm (7.9 in.)
157
Transfer tools
A smarter way to handle your hoses
Hose reels TLRC & TLRS series

Hoses are required anywhere flexible ways of conveying fluids are required.
However, their flexible nature make them difficult to keep tidy and untangled.
Hose reels are designed to help solve that problem.
TLRC
Features Benefits
High quality materials consistent with Reduce the risk of accidents due to tripping
application demands. or from vehicles running over exposed hoses
From lightweight (composite) versions for Increase lifetime of hoses
medium duty applications (TLRC series) to Minimise leakages
very robust for the most demanding Promote tidiness and cleanliness
applications (TLRS series) Save time when using hoses
A thorough cleaning process prior to an
individual coating process, along with a long
life swivel design help to maximise service life Applications
The declutching shaft and the enclosed drive Lubricants storage rooms
mechanism prevent Assembly stations and factories in general
reverse winding and protect the system Pneumatic tools
against the environment Automotive service centres and tire stores
Unlike many hose reels on the market, the Fire brigades and Service trucks
TLRS series has a strong welded pedestal. Maintenance and administrative buildings
TLRS This construction is designed and built for
heavy duty applications
Technical data
Designation Pressure Max. temp. Hose I.D. Hose length M (G) F (G) Hose Application
Outlet Inlet colour
bar psi C F mm in. m ft in. in.
TLRC 15AW 21 300 65 150 10 3/8 15 50 1/4 1/2 Red Low pressure air / water
TLRC 15AW/W 21 300 65 150 13 1/2 15 50 1/2 1/2 Red Low pressure air / water
TLRS 15AW 21 300 65 150 10 3/8 15 50 1/4 1/2 Red Low pressure air / water
TLRS 22AW 21 300 65 150 10 3/8 22 72 1/4 1/2 Red Low pressure air / water
TLRS 15AW/W 21 300 65 150 13 1/2 15 50 3/8 1/2 Red Low pressure air / water
TLRS 15H 138 2 000 99 210 13 1/2 15 50 1/2 1/2 Black Medium pressure oil
TLRS 8G 400 5 800 99 210 6 1/4 8 25 1/4 1/4 Black High pressure grease
158
Manual grease dispensing tools
A basic element of lubrication plans
The main pitfall of manual lubrication is ensuring accuracy and top cleanliness.
Lubricant film in the application can be over 40 times thinner than the smallest
visible particle. The SKF range of manual lubrication tools is designed to help
you with the storage, handling, dosing and supplying of lubricants for your
machinery in a clean and easy way.
A comprehensive range to meet your needs
SKF Grease Guns

SKF Grease Guns are suitable for agricultural, industrial, automotive and
construction industries amongst others. Except for the SKF LAGP 400, which is
designed for emptying cartridges only, all of them are equipped with a grease
filling fitting. This fitting enables the use of SKF Grease Filler Pumps to refill the
guns with loose grease, thus keeping contaminants out of the grease.
Selection chart and technical data SKF Grease Guns
Designation LAGP 400 TLGH 1 1077600 1077600/SET LAGH 400 LAGG 400B and
LAGG 400B/US
Drive Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Battery

One hand LAGG 400B
(230 V charger)
LAGG 400B/US
(110 V charger)
Maximum pressure 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 300 bar 400 bar (5 800 psi)
(5 800 psi) (5 800 psi) (5 800 psi) (4 350 psi) Min. burst pressure:
800 bar (11 600 psi)
Volume per stroke 20 cm (1.2 in.) Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
0,9 cm (0.05 in.) 1,5 cm (0.09 in.) 1,5 cm (0.09 in.) 0,8 cm (0.05 in.) 400 g (0.9 lb) /10 min
Weight 0,35 kg 1,5 kg 1,5 kg Complete: 2,4 kg 1,2 kg Grease gun Including
(12 oz) (3.3 lb) (3.3 lb) (5.3 lb) (2.6 lb) battery 3,1 kg (6,8 lb)
Reservoir Suitable for the SKF Loose grease Loose grease Loose grease Loose grease Loose grease
grease cartridges. (ca. 500 cm) or (ca. 500 cm) or (ca. 500 cm) or (ca. 500 cm) or (ca. 500 cm) or
grease cartridges. grease cartridges. grease cartridges. grease cartridges. grease cartridges.
Discharge pipe 175 mm (6.9 in.) 175 mm (6.9 in.) 175 mm (6.9 in.) 300 mm (12 in.) 750 mm (29.5 in.)
length 1077600 H:
300 mm (12 in.)
Accessories 1077601 1077601 1077601 1077601
Notes Three spout caps Set includes: Extension pipe, Supplied with carrying
included Snap-on high pressure hose, strap.
Snap-on extension pipe with Operating temperature
cardan nozzle, Snap-on range: 15 to +50 C
extension pipe for flat-head (5 to 120 F)
grease fittings (16 mm),
Female and pointed nozzle
Note: 1077601: Flexible 500 mm (19.7 in.) long pressure hose with hydraulic gripping nozzle.
159
Accurate grease quantity measurement
SKF Grease Meter LAGM 1000E

The amount delivered per stroke by grease guns depends on many variables.
It is generally difficult to supply an accurate quantity of grease when manually
lubricating bearings. The right amount of grease, however, is critical for the
bearings service life, as over- or under-greasing can result in machine
breakdown. Although a common practice is to weigh the grease per stroke,
this procedure does not consider the backpressure, the ongoing wear inside
the grease gun or any other variables.
The SKF Grease Meter LAGM 1000E accurately measures grease discharge in volume or weight
in metric (cm or g) or US units (US fl. oz or oz), making conversion calculations unnecessary.
Suitable for most NLGI 0-3 greases

A rubber sleeve protects the electronics in case of impact and
is also oil and grease resistant
The backlit LCD displays large and clear-to-read digits
Maximum pressure of 700 bar (10 000 psi)
Small, compact and lightweight design
Corrosion-free aluminium housing
Fits with all SKF grease guns
Technical data
Designation LAGM 1000E
Housing material Aluminium, anodised
IP rating IP 67
Suitable greases NLGI 0 to NLGI 3
Maximum operating pressure 700 bar (10 000 psi)
Maximum grease flow 1 000 cm/min (34 US fl. oz/min)
Thread connections M10x1
Display Lit LCD (4 digits / 9 mm)
Accuracy 3% from 0 to 300 bar
5% from 300 to 700 bar
Selectable units cm, g, US fl. oz or oz
Display lamp auto switch off 15 seconds after last pulse
Battery type 1 1,5 V AA Alkaline
Unit auto switch off Programmable
160
Renew or upgrade your equipment
SKF Grease Nozzles LAGS 8

The SKF Grease Nozzles LAGS 8 kit provides practical accessories for daily
lubrication, such as connectors, couplings and nozzles that are most widely
used in the industry.
Technical data
Designation LAGS 8
Maximum working pressure 400 bar (5 800 psi)
Minimum burst pressure 800 bar (11 600 psi)
Kit contents
Straight pipe 180 mm and nozzle (DIN 71412) 1x

Hose with nozzle (DIN 71412) 1x
Tube with nozzle for buttom head grease fittings (DIN 3404) 1x
Tube with nozzle for Flush type grease fittings and plastic transparent cover (DIN 3405) 1x
Grease fitting M10x1G 1/8 1x
Grease fitting M10x1 1/8 27NPS 1x
Nozzle (DIN 71412) 2x
The link to your lubrication points
SKF Grease Nipples LAGN 120

The LAGN 120 grease fitting kit contains a full range of 120 standardised
conical grease fittings made of precision steel, zinc plated, hardened and blue
chromated.
Technical data
Designation LAGN 120
Maximum working pressure 400 bar (5 800 psi)
Minimum burst pressure 800 bar (11 600 psi)
Kit contents
Grease fitting type Quantity Grease fitting type Quantity
M6x1 straight 30x M10x1 45 5x
M8x1 straight 20x G 1/8 45 5x
M10x1 straight 10x M6x1 90 5x
G 1/8 straight 10x M8x1 90 10x
M6x1 45 5x M10x1 90 5x
M8x1 45 10x G 1/8 90 5x
161
Proper identification of your lubrication points
SKF Grease fitting caps and tags TLAC 50

In conjunction with the SKF Lubrication Planner software, grease fitting caps
and tags offer a complete solution to protect lubrication fittings from external
contamination and simultaneously allow for proper identification.
Technical data
Description Value
Label dimensions 45 21 mm (1.8 0.8 in.)
Material LLDP + 25% EVA
Temperature range from 20 to +80 C (5 to +175 F)
Suitable for grease fitting sizes G 1/4, G 1/8, M6, M8, M10 and grease fitting head
Kits contents
Kit designation Description
TLAC 50/B 50 blue caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/Y 50 yellow caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/R 50 red caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/G 50 green caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/Z 50 black caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAT 10 10 printable stickers sheets
Skin protection when handling grease
SKF Disposable Grease Resistant Gloves TMBA G11D

SKF TMBA G11D gloves are specially designed to protect skin when working
with lubricants. The gloves are packed in a handy box containing 25 pairs.
Non-powdered nitrile rubber gloves

Tight fitting for precision wear
Excellent resistance against lubricants
Non-allergenic
Technical data
Designation TMBA G11D
Pack size 25 pairs
Size 9
Colour blue
162
For high volume requirements
SKF Grease Pumps LAGG series

SKF manual and air-operated grease pumps are designed to supply large
amounts of grease. This is useful when large housings have to be filled or when
numerous points have to be lubricated. They are also suitable for topping up
centralised lubrication systems reservoirs.
Full range: pumps available for 18, 50 or 180 kg (39, 110 or 400 lb)
grease drums
High pressure: maximum of 420 bar (6 090 psi) for air-driven models
Reliable: tested and approved for SKF greases
Easy and ready to install
3,5 m (11.5 ft) of tubing included
LAGG 18M LAGG 18AE LAGG 50AE LAGG 180AE LAGT 180
Technical data
Designation LAGG 18M LAGG 18AE LAGG 50AE LAGG 180AE LAGT 180
Description Grease pump for Mobile grease pump Grease pump Grease pump Trolley for drums
18 kg (39.6 lb) for 18 kg (39.6 lb) for 50 kg (110 lb) for 180 kg (396 lb) up to 200 kg
drums drums drums drums (440 lb)
Power source Manual Airpressure Airpressure Airpressure n.a.
Max. pressure 500 bar (7 250 psi) 420 bar (6 090 psi) 420 bar (6 090 psi) 420 bar (6 090 psi) n.a.
Suitable drum 265285 mm 265285 mm 350385 mm 550590 mm n.a.
(10.411.2 in.) (10.411.2 in.) (13.815.2 in.) (21.723.2 in.)
Mobility Stationary Trolley included Stationary Stationary Trolley
Maximum flow rate 1,6 cm/stroke 200 cm/min. 200 cm/min. 200 cm/min.
(0.05 US fl. oz) (6.8 US fl. oz) (6.8 US fl. oz) (6.8 US fl. oz)
Suitable grease 0002 02 02 02
NLGI class
163
Automatic grease dispensing tools
Improve cleanliness, accuracy, safety and reliability
Performing manual relubrication tasks can be a major challenge for lubrication technicians if the
appropriate tools, practices and knowledge are not employed. Reliability can also be affected by
under- or over-greasing and contamination. Automatic lubrication provides small quantities of
clean lubricant on a regular basis, thus improving bearing performance. Additional benefits include
increased safety and time savings for lubrication technicians.
Main benefits of automatic lubrication
SKF has used its lubrication expertise to

develop suitable lubrication systems that
Reduce the risks of failure
properly feed lubrication points, thereby
creating synergy between SKF lubricants and
SKF lubrication systems.
Over-greased = overheating, waste and pollution
The SKF lubrication systems portfolio provides

a comprehensive range of products from user
friendly and cost-effective single point
Optimal lubrication automatic lubricators to complete centralised
lubrication systems engineered for specific
application(s).
The whole range of products is built so that

Under-greased = wear, premature repairs, high repair costs every new product offers:
Further installation distance from the
lubrication point: important for reduced
Manual lubrication Automatic lubrication spaces or high vibrations
Enhanced monitoring/control possibilities:
highly valuable for critical applications that
deserve constant monitoring or machine
steering
What automatic lubrication can do for you
Multiple points: when several lubrication
points have similar conditions, multipoint
lubricators provide an ideal solution
Optimisation of: Minimisation of:

Machine performance Lubricant consumption
Quantities and frequencies Spillage
Accuracy Contamination risk
Safety Human errors
Time consumption Failures
164
Overview of lubrication methods
Complexity
Ready-to-use systems Tailored systems
1 6 12
Manual lubrication Centralised and automatic lubrication systems

Single-point automatic lubricators
Multi-point automatic lubricators
Selection chart Automatic lubricators

SKF SYSTEM 24 SKF SYSTEM 24
Designation SKF LAGD series SKF TLSD series SKF TLMR series LAGD 400 LAGD 1000
Number of points 1 1 1 1 to 8 6 to 20
Container capacity 60 ml (2 US fl. oz) and 125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz) and 120 ml (4.1 US fl. oz) and 400 ml 1 000 ml
125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz) 250 ml (8.5 US fl. oz) 380 ml (12.8 US fl. oz) (13.5 US fl. oz) (33.8 US fl. oz)
Power Supply Electrochemical gas Batteries Battery/DC DC/AC DC/AC
generation
Maximum feed line <0,3 m (0.1 ft) <3 m (10 ft) 5 m (16 ft) 5 m (16 ft) 6 m (19.7 ft)
Temperature range 20 to +60 C 0 to 50 C 25 to +70 C 0 to 50 C DC: 25 to +75 C
(5 to +140 F)* (32 to 120 F) (13 to +158 F) (30 to 120 F) (15 to +165 F)
AC: 25 to +60 C
(15 to +140 F)
Reusable Disposable Replaceable container Replaceable container Replaceable 400 g Refillable
cartridges / Refillable
Monitoring Piston displacement LEDS LEDS On site / remote On site / remote
IP rating IP 68 IP 65 IP 67 IP 54 IP 65
Available lubricants SKF greases and oils SKF greases and oils SKF greases and oils A cartridge of SKF LGMT NLGI 000 to NLGI 2
assortment assortment assortment 2 is provided. NLGI 1, 2
Special fillings on request Special fillings on request and 3 grease are suitable
* If the ambient temperature is constant between 40 and 60 C (105 and 140 F), do not select dispense rate of more than 6 months for optimum performance.
165
SKF SYSTEM 24
Gas driven single point automatic lubricators
SKF LAGD series

The units are supplied ready-to-use straight from the box and filled with a wide
range of high performance SKF lubricants. Tool-free activation and time-setting
allow easy and accurate adjustment of lubrication flow.
Flexible dispense rate from 1 to 12 months

Stoppable or adjustable if required
Intrinsic safety rating: ATEX approved for zone 0
Transparent lubricant container allows visual inspection of dispense rate
Compact size, permits installation in restrictive areas
Greases and chain oils available
Typical applications
Applications in restrictive and hazardous locations
Bearing housing lubrication
Electric motors
Fans and pumps
Conveyors
Cranes
Chains (oil)
Elevators and escalators (oil)
SKF DialSet helps to calculate the correct dispense rate.
Easy-grip top-cover Toolless dial

Specially designed top ring for an Allows easy and accurate adjustment
optimum grip of flow rate
Gas cell Piston

Detachable batteries for an Special piston shape helps ensure
environmentally friendly disposal optimum emptying of lubricator
Lubricant container SKF Lubricants

Transparent lubricant container allows Filled with high quality SKF lubricants
visual inspection of dispense rate
166
60 ml unit
Ordering details
Grease LGWA 2 LGEM 2 LGGB 2 LGHB 2 LGHP 2 LGFP 2 LGWM 2
Description Multi-purpose EP High loads, Biodegradable High temperature & High performance Food processing High load,
type grease slow rotations loads, plain bearings polyurea industry wide temperature
Unit 60 ml LAGD 60/WA2 LAGD 60/EM2 LAGD 60/HB2 LAGD 60/HP2 LAGD 60/FP2
Unit 125 ml LAGD 125/WA2 LAGD 125/EM2 LAGD 125/GB2 LAGD 125/HB2 LAGD 125/HP2 LAGD 125/FP2 LAGD 125/WM2
Chain oils LHMT 68 LHHT 265 LFFM 80 LHFP 150 LFFT 220
Description Medium High Food grade Food grade Food grade Empty unit suitable
temperature oil temperature oil (NSF H1) oil (NSF H1) oil (NSF H1) oil for oil filling only
Unit 60 ml LAGD 60/HMT68*
Unit 125 ml LAGD 125/HMT68* LAGD 125/HHT26* LAGD 125/FFM80* LAGD 125/HFP15* LAGD 125/FFT22* LAGD 125/U*
* Includes non-return valve
Technical data
Designation LAGD 60 and LAGD 125
Grease capacity Intrinsically safe approval II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
LAGD 60 60 ml (2 US fl. oz) II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T85C Da
LAGD 125 125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz) I M1 Ex ia I Ma
Nominal emptying time Adjustable; 112 months EC Type Examination Certificate Kema 07ATEX0132 X
Ambient temperature range Protection class IP 68
LAGD 60/.. and LAGD 125/.. 20 to +60 C (5 to +140 F)
Recommended storage temperature 20 C (70 F)
Maximum operating pressure 5 bar (75 psi) (at start-up)
Storage life of lubricator 2 years
Drive mechanism Gas cell producing inert gas
Weight LAGD 125 approx 200 g (7.1 oz)
Connection thread R 1/4 LAGD 60 approx 130 g (4.6 oz)
Lubricant included
Maximum feed line length with:
grease 300 mm (11.8 in.)
oil 1 500 mm (59.1 in.)
Note: For optimum performance, SKF SYSTEM 24 LAGD units filled with LGHP 2 should not be exposed to ambient temperatures over 40 C (105 F),
or have a time setting longer than 6 months. For custom fillings, contact your SKF authorised distributor.
167
SKF SYSTEM 24
Electro-mechanical single point automatic lubricators
SKF TLSD series

The SKF TLSD series is the first choice when a simple and reliable automatic
lubricator is required under variable temperatures, or when the application
conditions (such as vibration, limited space or hazardous environments)
require a remote mounting.
Filled with SKF Lubricants especially developed for bearing applications

Temperature independent dispense rate
Maximum discharge pressure of 5 bar over the whole dispensing period
Dispense rate available in various settings
Transparent reservoir allows visual inspection
Red-yellow-green LEDs indicate the lubricators status
Refill sets include battery pack
Special product version offering for cold conditions
Supplied with support flange for enhanced sturdiness
Suitable for both direct and remote installation
Critical applications where extreme reliability and additional
monitoring is required
Applications in restrictive and hazardous locations
Applications requiring high volumes of lubricant
A The unit can be programmed to dispense lubricant in

n
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 12 month settings.
B The same drive unit can be used with both cartridge versions
n
by simply adjusting the 125/250 ml switch.
C Traffic light LEDs are visual from all sides because of the presence
n
of dual LEDs on the sides of the lubricator. The meaning of the
C A lights is as follows:
Green light: The lubricator is properly functioning.
Yellow light: The lubricator is still functioning, but soon same
action will be required. Yellow light serves as a
pre-warning light.
Red light: The lubricator stopped operating.
B
168
Ordering details 1)
Grease LGWA 2 LGEM 2 LGHB 2 LGHP 2 LGFP 2 LGWM 2
Description High load, extreme High viscosity High load, High performance, Food compatible High loads,
pressure, wide bearing grease with high temperature, high temperature NSF H1 certified wide temperature
temperature range solid lubricants high viscosity
Complete unit 125 TLSD 125/WA2 TLSD 125/EM2 TLSD 125/HB2 TLSD 125/HP2 TLSD 125/FP2 TLSD 125C/WM2 2)
Complete unit 250 TLSD 250/WA2 TLSD 250/EM2 TLSD 250/HB2 TLSD 250/HP2 TLSD 250/FP2 TLSD 250C/WM2 2)
Refill set 125 LGWA 2/SD125 LGEM 2/SD125 LGHB 2/SD125 LGHP 2/SD125 LGFP 2/SD125 LGWM 2/SD125C 2)
Refill set 250 LGWA 2/SD250 LGEM 2/SD250 LGHB 2/SD250 LGHP 2/SD250 LGFP 2/SD250 LGWM 2/SD250C 2)
Chain oils LHMT 68 LHHT 265 LHFP 150

Description Medium temperature oil High temperature oil Food compatible, NSF H1 approved oil
Complete unit 125 TLSD 125/HMT68 TLSD 125/HFP15
Complete unit 250 TLSD 250/HMT68 TLSD 250/HFP15
Refill set 125 LHMT 68/SD125 LHHT 265/SD125 LHFP 150/SD125
Refill set 250 LHMT 68/SD250 LHHT 265/SD250 LHFP 150/SD250
Technical data
Designation TLSD 125 and TLSD 250
Grease capacity LED status indicators
TLSD 125 125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz) Green led (each 30 sec) OK
TLSD 250 250 ml (8.5 US fl. oz) Yellow led (each 30 sec) Pre warning, low battery power
Yellow led (each 5 sec) Pre warning, high back pressure
Emptying time User adjustable: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10 and
Red led (each 5 sec) Warning, stopped on error
12 months
Red led (each 2 sec) Warning, empty cartridge
Lowest grease purge
Protection class assembled
TLSD 125 0,3 ml (0.01 US fl. oz) per day
lubricator IP 65
Battery pack
Highest grease purge
TLSD 1-BAT 4,5 V 2,7 Ah/Alkaline manganese
TLSD 1-BATC 4,5 V 2,9 Ah/Lithium-Iron Disulfide
Recommended storage
Ambient temperature range
temperature 20 C (70 F)
TLSD 1-BAT 0 to 50 C (30 to 120 F)
TLSD 1-BATC 10 to +50 C (15 to 120 F) Storage life of lubricator 3 years 4)
(2 years for LGFP 2 and Oils)
Maximum operating
pressure 5 bar (75 psi) Total weight (incl. packaging)
TLSD 125 635 g (22.5 oz)
Drive mechanism Electro mechanical
TLSD 250 800 g (28.2 oz)
Connection thread G1/4
Maximum feed line length with:
grease Up to 3 meters (10 ft) 3)
oil Up to 5 meters (16 ft)
1) TLSD lubricator and SD refill sets are not for offer/sale/use in Germany, France or United States.
2) Special version for low temperatures.
3) The maximum feed line length is dependent on ambient temperature, grease type and back pressure created by the application.
4) Maximum storage life is 3 years from production date, which is printed on the side of the canister. The canister and battery pack
may be used at 12 month setting even if activated 3 years from production date.
169
Electro-mechanical single point automatic lubricators
SKF TLMR series

The SKF Automatic Lubricant Dispenser TLMR is a single point automatic
lubricator designed to supply grease to a single lubrication point. With a relatively
high pressure of 30 bars, this lubricator can operate at long distances providing
optimum results with difficult-to-reach and unsafe lubrication locations. With a
wide temperature range and robust design, the TLMR lubricator is suitable for
operating conditions with various levels of temperature and vibration.
Filled with high quality SKF greases

Temperature independent dispense rate
Maximum discharge pressure of 30 bar over the whole dispensing period
Available in two versions: TLMR 101 powered by batteries
(standard Lithium AA type) and TLMR 201 powered by 1224 V DC
Available with non-refillable cartridges in two sizes: 120 and 380 ml
Applications requiring high lubricant consumption
Applications experiencing high vibration in operation
Excellent water and dust protection makes TLMR suitable for general
machinery applications and food processing machinery
Excellent high temperature performance makes TLMR suitable for engine
rooms and hot fan applications
Excellent low temperature performance makes TLMR suitable for
wind turbine applications
A special bracket makes TLMR easy to mount onto a surface The cartridges are easily replaceable
170
Ordering details
Grease Description TLMR 101 refill sets (cartridge and battery) TLMR 201 cartridges
120 ml 380 ml 120 ml 380 ml
LGWA 2 High load, extreme pressure, wide LGWA 2/MR120B LGWA 2/MR380B LGWA 2/MR120 LGWA 2/MR380
temperature range bearing grease
LGEV 2 Extremely high viscosity bearing grease LGEV 2/MR380B LGEV 2/MR380
with solid lubricants
LGHB 2 High load, high temperature, LGHB 2/MR380B LGHB 2/MR380
high viscosity bearing grease
LGHP 2 High performance, LGHP 2/MR380B LGHP 2/MR380
high temperature bearing grease
LGFP 2 Food compatible bearing grease LGFP 2/MR120B LGFP 2/MR380B LGFP 2/MR120 LGFP 2/MR380
NSF H1 certified
LGWM 1 Extreme pressure, low temperature LGWM 1/MR380B LGWM 1/MR380
LGWM 2 High load, wide temperature range LGWM 2/MR380B LGWM 2/MR380
bearing grease
LGEP 2 Extreme pressure bearing grease LGEP 2/MR380B LGEP 2/MR380
LGMT 3 All purpose industrial and LGMT 3/MR380B LGMT 3/MR380
automotive grease
Complete set Designation TLMR pump Designation

TLMR 101 380 ml TLMR 101/38WA2 Lubricator powered by batteries TLMR 101
TLMR 201 380 ml TLMR 201/38WA2 Lubricator powered by 12-24 V DC TLMR 201
Technical data
Designation TLMR 101 and TLMR 201
Grease capacity 120 ml (4.1 US fl. oz) Drive mechanism Electro mechanical
380 ml (12.8 US fl. oz)
Connection thread G 1/4 female
Emptying time User adjustable: 1,2,3,6,9,12, 18,
Maximum feed line length* Up to 5 meters (16 ft)
24 months or purge
LED status indicators
Lowest setting
Green LED (every 8 sec) OK
120 ml cartridge 0,16 ml (0.005 US fl. oz) per day
Green and red LED (every 8 sec) Almost empty
Red LED (every 8 sec) Error
Highest setting
Protection class
DIN EN 60529 IP 67
DIN 40 050 Teil 9 IP 6k9k
Purge 31 ml (1 US fl. oz) per hour
Power
Ambient temperature range 25 to +70 C (13 to +158 F) TLMR 101 4 AA Lithium batteries
TLMR 201 1224 Volt DC
Maximum operating pressure 30 bar (435 psi)
* The maximum feed line length is dependent on ambient temperature, grease type and back pressure created by the application.
171
Accessories
A full range for enhanced versatility of SKF automatic lubricators
Accessories for single point automatic lubricators
Connectors
G1 /8
LAPA 45 Angle connection 45 LAPN 1/8 Nipple G1/4 G1/8
G1/4

G1 /4
LAPA 90 Angle connection 90 LAPN 1/4 Nipple G1/4 G1/4
G1/4
G 1 /2

LAPE 35 Extension 35 mm LAPN 1/2 Nipple G1/4 G1/2
G1/4

1/4"28 UNF
LAPE 50 Extension 50 mm LAPN 1/4 UNF Nipple G1/4 1/4 UNF
G1/4
G1/4 G 3 /8

LAPF F1/4 Tube connection female LAPN 3/8 Nipple G1/4 G3/8
G1/4
8 mm G 1/4

6 mm M6
LAPF M 1/8 S Tube connection male LAPN 6 Nipple G1/4 M6
G1/8 for 6 4 tube
G1/8
G1/4

6 mm M8
LAPF M 1/4 S Tube connection male LAPN 8 Nipple G1/4 M8
G1/4 for 6 4 tube
G1/4 G1/4

8 mm M81
LAPF M 1/8 Tube connection male LAPN 8x1 Nipple G1/4 M8 1
G1/8
G1/8
G 1/4
8 mm M10
LAPF M 1/4 Tube connection male LAPN 10 Nipple G1/4 M10
G1/4
G1/4 G1/4

8 mm M101
LAPF M 3/8 Tube connection male LAPN 10x1 Nipple G1/4 M10 1
G3/8
G 3 /8
G1/4

DIN 71412 M12
LAPG 1/4 Grease nipple G1/4 LAPN 12 Nipple G1/4 M12
R1/4
G1/4

M121,5
LAPM 2 Y-connection LAPN 12x1.5 Nipple G1/4 M12 1,5
G1/4

172
Non return valves (for oil applications) Mounting and protecting devices & extras
G 1/4 7 mm 45 mm
LAPV 1/4 Non-return valve G 1/4 LAPC 13 Bracket
G 1/4 13,6 mm

G 1/4 50 mm
LAPV 1/8 Non-return valve G 1/8 LAPC 50 Clamp
G 1/8

63 mm
LAPC 63 Clamp

Brushes (for oil applications)
LAPP 4 Protection base

G 1/4
LAPB 3x4E1 Brush 30 40 mm
40 mm 30 mm
LAPP 6 Protection cap
G 1/4
LAPB 3x7E1 Brush 30 60 mm
60 mm 30 mm 8 mm
LAPT 1000 Flexible tube,
G 1/4 1 000 mm long, 8 6 mm
LAPB
3x10
E1
LAPB 3x10E1 Brush 30 100 mm 6 mm
100 mm 30 mm 8 mm
LAPT 5000 Flexible tube,
G 1/4 5 000 mm long, 8 6 mm
LAPB 5-16E1 Elevator brush, 6 mm
516 mm gap
6 mm
LAPT 1000S Flexible tube,
1 000 mm long, 6 4 mm
4 mm
6 mm
LAPT 5000S Flexible tube,
5 000 mm long, 6 4 mm
4 mm
TLSD 1-BAT Battery pack
TLSD 1-BATC Lithium battery pack
SKF LAGD Series

SKF TLSD Series
SKF TLMR Series
173
SKF MultiPoint Automatic Lubricator
Ready-to-use centralised lubrication systems
SKF LAGD 400 and LAGD 1000

SKF MultiPoint Lubricators are designed to simultaneously feed several points.
They are often the most user-friendly and cost-effective option when longer
distances, high flow, or enhanced monitoring features are required.
These ready-to-use centralised lubrication systems can be installed without any
additional assistance and require no special training to be configured.
Easy to install and use Typical applications

Transparent reservoir allows visual Series of lubrication points with similar
inspection requirements
Refillable through grease fitting Components requiring large amounts of
Alarm function for blocked feed lines (except grease
on LAGD 1000/B - battery version), and Critical applications requiring continuous
empty reservoir monitoring or machine steering
Machine steering (i.e. lubricator only
operates while machine is running)
Electronic setting and readout of control
parameters
Technical data
Designation LAGD 400 LAGD 1000/DC LAGD 1000/AC

Number of outlets 1 to 8 10 to 20 10 to 20
Max. length of pipes 5 m (16 ft.) 6 m (19.7 ft.) 6 m (19.7 ft.)
Flow rate Up to 10 cm/day Up to 16 cm/day Up to 33 cm/day
(0.3 US fl. oz/day) (0.5 US fl. oz/day) (1.1 US fl. oz/day)
Reservoir capacity 0.4 litre (13.5 US fl. oz) 1 litre (33.8 US fl. oz) 1 litre (33.8 US fl. oz)
Tubing 6 1,5 mm (1/4
0.06 in.) 6 1,25 mm (0.05 in.) 6 1,25 mm (0.05 in.)
20 m (65 ft.) and fittings included 50 m (164 ft.) and fittings included 50 m (164 ft.) and fittings included
Greases NLGI 1, 2 and 3 Up to NLGI grade 2 Up to NLGI grade 2
Flow pressure <700 mbar Flow pressure <700 mbar
Permissible operating temperature 0 to 50 C 25 to +75 C 25 to +60 C
(30 to 120 F) (15 to +165 F) (15 to +140 F)
Max. operating pressure 40 bar (600 psi) 150 bar (2 175 psi) 150 bar (2 175 psi)
IP Rating IP54 IP65 IP65
Rated voltage 110240 V AC, 24 V DC 110240 V 50/60 Hz
5060 Hz or 24 V DC
Connection thread G 1/4 G 1/8 G 1/8
Alarms Blocked feed lines, empty cartridge Blocked feed lines, empty cartridge Blocked feed lines, empty cartridge
174
Oil inspection & dispensing
Automatic adjustment for optimal lubricating oil level
SKF Oil Levellers LAHD series

SKF LAHD 500 and LAHD 1000 oil levellers are designed to automatically
compensate oil evaporation and leakages under running conditions. This
helps in maintaining the correct oil level within a bearing housing, gear box,
crankcase, or similar oil bath application. The SKF LAHD series optimises
machine performance and increases their service life. Furthermore, they
enhance the possibility of an accurate visual inspection of the oil level.
Optimally maintained oil level Typical applications

Extended inspection interval Oil lubricated bearing housings
Easy visual inspection Gear boxes
Compensation for evaporation losses Crankcases
Technical data
Designation LAHD 500 / LAHD 1000
Reservoir volume
LAHD 500 500 ml (17 US fl. oz)
LAHD 1000 1 000 ml (34 US fl. oz)
Boundary dimensions
LAHD 500 91 mm 290 mm high (3.6 11.4 in.)
LAHD 1000 122 mm 290 mm high (4.8 11.4 in.)
Allowed temperature range 20 to +70 C (5 to +158 F)
Length of connecting tube 600 mm (23.5 in.)
Connection thread G 1/2
Suitable oil types Mineral and synthetic oils
175
A proper solution for oil handling
Oil handling containers LAOS series

LAOS series is comprised of an extensive assortment of drums and dispensing
lids ideal for the storage and administration of fluids and oil lubricants. The lids
are available in ten different colours to fit colour coded identification systems.
Enables easier, safer and cleaner lubrication

Allows for accurate oil consumption control
Improves health and safety due to oil spillage minimisation
Heat and chemically resistant
Drum and lid threads provide tight, quick and easy assembly
Quick closing spouts
Vacuum valve for enhanced spilling control
Mini spout Stretch spout Stumpy spout

Ideal where the reservoirs to be filled have Ideal for precise pouring tasks and difficult to Due to the wide opening of 25 mm (1 in.),
small filling holes. Outlet diameter is approx. access points. The 12 mm (0.48 in.) outlet is ideal for high viscosities and/or when a high
7 mm (0.28 in.) ideal for viscosities up to ISO VG 220. flow is required.
Utility lid Storage lid Contents label

Two main uses: Quick pouring if necessary and Useful for storage or transportation of oils. For proper marking of drum contents
assembly of pump onto a 3, 5 or 10 L drum
(0.8, 1.3 or 2.6 US Gal).
LAOS series lids

Colour Mini Stretch Stumpy Utility Storage Contents
spout spout spout lid lid label
n Tan LAOS 09057 LAOS 09682 LAOS 09705 LAOS 09668 LAOS 09644 LAOS 06919
n Grey LAOS 09064 LAOS 09699 LAOS 09712 LAOS 09675 LAOS 09651 LAOS 06964
n Orange LAOS 09088 LAOS 09798 LAOS 09729 LAOS 09866 LAOS 09934 LAOS 06940
n black LAOS 09095 LAOS 09804 LAOS 09736 LAOS 09873 LAOS 09941 LAOS 06995
n dark green LAOS 09101 LAOS 09811 LAOS 09743 LAOS 09880 LAOS 09958 LAOS 06971
n green LAOS 09118 LAOS 09828 LAOS 09750 LAOS 09897 LAOS 09965 LAOS 06957
n blue LAOS 09125 LAOS 09835 LAOS 09767 LAOS 09903 LAOS 09972 LAOS 06988
n red LAOS 09132 LAOS 09842 LAOS 09774 LAOS 09910 LAOS 09989 LAOS 06926
n purple LAOS 09071 LAOS 09392 LAOS 09388 LAOS 09408 LAOS 09415 LAOS 06933
n yellow LAOS 09194 LAOS 62437 LAOS 64936 LAOS 62451 LAOS 62475 LAOS 06902
176
Drums Pumps Hose extensions
Designed with wide necks and a standard thread Standard pump suitable for viscosities up to ISO Designed to extend the reach of the lids.
size. Fits any LAOS lid. Available in 5 different VG 460. High flow (approx. 14 strokes per litre/ Two different versions available for stumpy and
sizes. US quart). High viscosity pump for viscosities up stretch lids. The stretch versions length can be
to ISO VG 680. High efficiency with approx. 12 adjusted by removing the fitting and cutting it
strokes per litre/US quart. As a protection against down to the desired size.
airborne contaminants during the pumping
process, a 10 micron breather is available. For
both pumps an anti-drip long discharge hose of
1.5m (4.9 ft) and reducer nozzles are available.
LAOS series drums, pumps and spouts

Drums Pumps Hose extensions
LAOS 09224 1,5 litre drum (0.4 US gal) LAOS 62568 High viscosity pump LAOS 67265 Stumpy spout hose extension
(to fit LAOS utility lids)
LAOS 63571 2 litre drum (0.5 US gal) LAOS 09423 Breather for high viscosity pump LAOS 62499 Stretch spout hose extension
LAOS 63595 3 litre drum (0.8 US gal) LAOS 62567 Standard Pump
(to fit LAOS utility lids)
LAOS 63618 5 litre drum (1.3 US gal) LAOS 09422 Pump reducer nozzle
LAOS 66251 10 litre drum (2.6 US gal)
177
Lubrication analysis tools
Portable grease analysis kit for field use
SKF Grease Test Kit TKGT 1

Lubricant analysis is a vital part of a predictive maintenance strategy. Until recently,
however, oils were almost always analysed despite the fact that around 80% of bearings
are lubricated with grease. Tribology expertise and years of research have allowed SKF to
develop a complete methodology to assess grease condition.
Extremely useful in field decision-making Provides more information on root cause analysis
processes Requires no special training to perform the tests
Allows adjustment of grease relubrication intervals Requires no harmful chemicals
according to real conditions Small sample sizes required. Only 0,5 g of grease
Grease can be evaluated to detect possible is needed to perform all the tests
unacceptable deviations from batch to batch
Allows verification of the suitability of certain
greases in specific applications
Helps in the prevention of damage due to
underperforming lubricant greases
Consistency test
(Patent applied for)
Oil bleeding characteristics
Contamination evaluation
178
Technical data
Designation TKGT 1
Parts Components Quantity Specifications
Sampling tools Sampling syringe 1 Polypropylene
Sampling tube 1 PTFE, length approx. 1 m
Permanent marker 1 Black
Sampling containers 10 35 ml polyethylene
Gloves 10 pairs Grease resistant nitrile (synthetic rubber), powder free, size XL, colour blue
Disposable spatulas 1 Set of 25
250 mm stainless steel spatula 1 Stainless steel
150 mm stainless steel spatula 1 Stainless steel
Scissors 1 Stainless steel
Consistency test Housing 1 Aluminium
Weight 1 Stainless steel
Mask 1 Plexiglas
Glass plates 4
Oil bleeding test USB heater 1 2,5 W5 V
USB/220/110 V adaptor 1 Universal (EU, US, UK, Australia) to USB
Paper pack 1 Contains 50 sheets
Ruler 1 Aluminium graduated 0,5 mm
Contamination Pocket microscope 1 60100x with light
test Batteries 2 AAA
Carrying case CD 1 Contains instructions for use, report template, and consistency test scale
Carrying case 1 Dimensions: 463 373 108 mm (18.2 14.7 4.25 in.)
Quick detection of oil condition changes
SKF Oil Check Monitor TMEH 1

The SKF TMEH 1 measures the changes in dielectric constant of an oil sample.
By comparing measurements obtained from used and fresh samples of the
same oil, the degree of change in the condition of the oil is established.
Dielectric change is directly related to the oils degradation and contamination level. The monitor
allows tracking of mechanical wear and of any loss of the oils lubricating properties.
Hand-held and user friendly

Numerical readout to facilitate trending
Can store calibration (good oil) in its memory
Shows changes in oil condition affected by such things as:
Water content
Note Fuel contamination
The SKF Oil Check Monitor is not an Metallic content
analytical instrument. It is an instrument Oxidation
to only detect changes in the oil condition.
The visual and numerical read-outs are
merely a guide to enable trending of the Technical data
comparative readings of a good oil to a Designation TMEH 1
used oil of the same type and brand. Do Suitable oil types mineral and synthetic oils
not rely solely on numerical readings. Repeatability 5%

Readout green/red grading + numerical value (999 to +999)
Battery 9 V Alkaline type IEC 6LR61
Battery lifetime >150 hours or 3 000 tests
Product dimensions 250 32 95 mm (9.8 1.3 3.7 in.)
179
Lubrication software
For access or download: www.skf.com/lubrication or www.mapro.skf.com
Advanced tool for grease selection and relubrication calculation
LubeSelect for SKF greases

Selecting a suitable grease for a particular bearing is a crucial step if the
bearing is to meet design expectations in its application. SKF knowledge
about bearing lubrication has been encapsulated into a computer program
that can be consulted at www.skf.com/lubrication
LubeSelect for SKF greases provides you a user friendly tool to select
LubeSelect for SKF greases the right grease and suggest frequency and quantity, while taking into
account the particular conditions of your application. General guidelines
for typical greases for different applications are also available.
A user friendly tool to administer your lubrication plan
SKF Lubrication Planner

The SKF Lubrication Planner has been developed to help in the administration
of a lubrication plan, thereby bridging the gap between the need for a software
platform vs. administration by a simple spreadsheet.
Establish a mapping of lubrication points

Create a colour coded identification system
Get expert advice on grease selection
Calculate relubrication quantities and intervals
Discover the benefits of dynamic route planning
Get expert advice on best lubrication procedures
Keep the history of performed lubrication tasks per point
SKF Lubrication Planner is available in several languages.

Register and download it for free at www.skf.com/lubrication
SKF Lubrication Planner
180
Quick tool for relubrication calculation
SKF DialSet
SKF DialSet has been designed to help you to set up your SKF automatic
lubricators. After selecting the criteria and grease appropriate for your
application, the program provides you with the correct settings for your SKF
automatic lubricators. It also provides a quick and simple tool for relubrication
intervals and quantity calculations.
Stand-alone program Allows quick calculation of the relubrication intervals based on the
operating conditions of your application
Calculations are based on SKF lubrication theories
Calculated lubrication intervals depend on the properties of the
selected grease, thereby minimising the risk of under- or
overlubrication and optimising grease consumption
Calculations take into account SKF automatic lubrication systems,
grease dispense rates, thus facilitating the selection of the correct
lubricator setting
Recommended grease quantity depends on the grease replenishment
position; side or W33 for optimum grease consumption
Includes a complete list of the SKF SYSTEM 24 accessories
DialSet stand-alone
The stand-alone version of DialSet is available in 11 languages: English,
Online program French, German, Italian, Spanish, Swedish, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese,
Japanese and Thai. The program is suitable for PCs working with
MS Windows XP and later. Download it from skf.com/lubrication
DialSet for smartphones

DialSet online
DialSet is also available online in English language. The program is
accessible free-of-charge from mapro.skf.com/dialset
DialSet for smartphones

For smartphones, apps are available in English for iPhone and Android.
181
Designation index
Designation Description Page Designation Description Page
1008593 E Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 729865 B Feeler gauge 65
1009030 B Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 729944 E Plug for oil ducts and vent holes 66
1009030 E Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 CMAS 100-SL Machine condition advisor 112
1012783 E Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 CMAK 200-SL Electric motor assessment kit 114
1014357 A Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 CMAK 300-SL Bearing assessment kit 114
1016402 E Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 CMAK 400-ML Basic condition monitoring kit 115
1018219 E Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 CMIN 400-K Inspector 400 ultrasonic probe 113
1019950 Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 CMSS 200 SKF Machine Condition Indicator CMSS 200 110
1020612 A High pressure pipe 64 EAZ series Fixed induction heaters 45
1030816 E Plug for oil ducts and vent holes 66 EAZ 80/130 series Adjustable induction heaters 46
1077453/100MPA Extension pipe 68 EAZ 130/170 series Adjustable induction heaters 46
1077454/100MPA Connection nipple 68 HMVA 42/200 Hydraulic nut drive-up adapter 51
1077455/100MPA Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 HMV ..E series Hydraulic nuts 52
1077456/100MPA Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 HMV ..E/A101 Hydraulic nuts without threads 56
1077587 Pressure gauge 63 HMVC ..E series Hydraulic nuts, inch thread series 55
1077587/2 Pressure gauge 63 HN 4-16/SET Hook spanner set 12
1077589 Pressure gauge 63 HN ../SNL series Hook spanners for SNL housings 14
1077589/3 Pressure gauge 63 HN series Hook spanners 12
1077600 Grease gun 159 HNA series Adjustable hook spanners 13
1077600/SET Grease gun set 159 LAGD 125 SKF SYSTEM 24 automatic lubricator 166
1077601 Flexible hose 151 LAGD 1000 SKF MultiPoint automatic lubricator 174
226400 E Oil injector 60 LAGD 400 SKF MultiPoint automatic lubricator 174
226400 E/400 Oil injector 60 LAGD 60 SKF SYSTEM 24 automatic lubricator 166
226402 Adapter block 69 LAGF 18 Grease filler pump 157
227957 A High pressure pipe 64 LAGF 50 Grease filler pump 157
227958 A High pressure pipe 64 LAGG 180AE Grease pump 163
227963/100MPA Valve nipple 68 LAGG 18AE Mobile grease pump 163
227964/100MPA Extension pipe 68 LAGG 18M Grease pump 163
227965/100MPA Extension pipe 68 LAGG 50AE Grease pump 163
228027 E Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 LAGG 400B Battery-driven grease gun 159
233950 E Plug for oil ducts and vent holes 66 LAGH 400 Grease gun 159
234063 Connection nipple 68 LAGM 1000E Grease meter 160
234064 Extension pipe 68 LAGN 120 Grease nipples 161
721740 A High pressure pipe 64 LAGP 400 Grease packer 159
728017 A High pressure pipe 64 LAGS 8 Grease nozzles 161
728619 E Hydraulic pump 59 LAGT 180 Trolley for drums 163
729100 Quick connection nipple 66 LAHD 500 Oil leveller 175
729101/300MPA Oil injection kit 61 LAHD 1000 Oil leveller 175
729101/400MPA Oil injection kit 61 LAOS series Oil handling containers 176
729106/100MPA Connection nipple (NPT and G) 67 LAP.. series Accessories for SKF SYSTEM 24
automatic lubricator 172
729124 Hydraulic pump 58
LDTS 1 Dry film lubricant 148
729124DU Hydraulic pump with digital gauge 50
LESA 2 Grease for SKF Energy Efficient spherical
729126 High pressure hose 65 roller bearings 149
729146 Nipple with pipe thread (G) 67 LFFG 220 Food grade gear oil 146
729654/150MPA Connection nipple (NPT and G) 67 LFFG 320 Food grade gear oil 146
729655/150MPA Connection nipple (NPT and G) 67 LFFH 46 Food grade hydraulic oil 145
729656/150MPA Connection nipple (NPT and G) 67 LFFH 68 Food grade hydraulic oil 145
729659 C Electric hot plate 43 LFFM 80 SKF Food Grade Chain Oil 147
729831 A Quick connection coupling 66 LFFT 220 SKF Food Grade Chain Oil 147
729832 A Quick connection nipple 66 LGAF 3E Anti-fretting agent 36
729834 High pressure hose 65 LGBB 2 Wind turbine blade and yaw grease 131
729865 A Feeler gauge 65 LGEM 2 High viscosity grease 135
182
LGEP 2 Extreme pressure grease 128 TKRS 10 Stroboscope 102
LGET 2 Extreme high temperature grease 139 TKRS 20 Stroboscope 102
LGEV 2 Extremely high viscosity grease 136 TKRT 10 SKF Tachometer 100
LGFP 2 Food compatible grease 140 TKRT 20 SKF Tachometer 100
LGFC 1 Low temperature food grade grease 143 TKSA 11 Shaft alignment tool 76
LGFD 2 High load food grade grease 142 TKSA 31 Shaft alignment tool 77
LGFS 00 General purpose food grade grease 141 TKSA 41 Shaft alignment tool 77
LGFT 2 High temperature food grade grease 144 TKSA 60 Shaft alignment tool 78
LGGB 2 Biodegradable grease 130 TKSA 80 Shaft alignment tool 78
LGHB 2 High viscosity, high temperature grease 137 TKTI 21 Thermal camera 96
LGHP 2 High performance grease 138 TKTI 31 Thermal camera 96
LGLT 2 Low temperature, high speed grease 132 TKTL 10 Infrared thermometer 92
LGMT 2 General purpose grease 126 TKTL 20 Infrared and contact thermometer 92
General purpose grease 127 TKTL 30 Infrared and contact thermometer 92

LGMT 3
TKTL 40 Infrared and contact thermometer 93
LGWA 2 High load, extreme pressure grease 129
TLAC 50 Grease fitting caps and tags 162
LGWM 1 Extreme pressure, low temperature grease 133
TLGH 1 Grease gun 159
LGWM 2 High load, wide temperature grease 134
TLRC Hose reel 158
LHDF 900 Dismounting fluid 69
TLRS Hose reel 158
LHFP 150 Food compatible chain oil 147
TLSD 125 Electro-mechanical single point automatic
LHHT 265 High temperature chain oil 151 lubricators 168
LHMF 300 Mounting fluid 69 TLSD 250 Electro-mechanical single point automatic
LHMT 68 Medium temperature chain oil 151 lubricators 168
LHRP 2 Anti-corrosive agent 37 TLMR 101 Electro-mechanical single point automatic

lubricators 170
LMCG 1 Grid and gear coupling grease 150
TLMR 201 Electro-mechanical single point automatic
LubeSelect Grease selection and relubrication calculation 180 lubricators 170
Oil storage station Oil storage station 156 TMAH SKF horizontal adjustment tool 84
SKF DialSet Relubrication calculation program 181 TMAS series Machinery shims 82
SKF Lubrication TMBA G11 Heat resistant gloves 47
Planner Lubrication planning program 180
TMBA G11D Disposable grease resistant gloves 162
THAP 030E Air-driven pump 62
TMBA G11ET Extreme heat resistant gloves 47
THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump set 62
TMBA G11H Heat and oil resistant gloves 47
THAP 150E Air-driven pump 62
TMBA G11W Special working gloves 37
THAP 150E/SET Air-driven pump set 62
TMBH 1 Portable induction heater 40
THAP 300E Air-driven injector 62
TMBP 20E Blind housing puller kit 28
THAP 300E/SET Air-driven injector set 62 TMBR series Aluminium heating ring series 44
THAP 400E Air-driven injector 62 TMBS 50E Strong back puller 26
THAP 400E/SET Air-driven injector set 62 TMBS 100E Strong back puller 26
THGD 100 Digital oil pressure gauge 63 TMBS 150E Strong back puller 26
THKI 300 Oil injector set 61 TMCD 10R Horizontal dial indicator, mm 50
THKI 400 Oil injector set 61 TMCD 5P Vertical dial indicator 50
TIH 030m Induction heater 40 TMDC 1/2R Horizontal dial indicator, in 50
TIH 100m Induction heater 40 TMDT 2-30 Standard surface probe 95
TIH 220m Induction heater 41 TMDT 2-31 Magnetic surface probe 95
TIH L series Induction heater 41 TMDT 2-32 Insulated surface probe 95
TIH MC series Multi-core induction heater 43 TMDT 2-33 Right angle surface probe 95
TKBA 10 SKF Belt Alignment Tool 86 TMDT 2-34 Gas and liquid probe 95
TKBA 20 SKF Belt Alignment Tool 86 TMDT 2-34/1.5 Gas and liquid probe 95
TKBA 40 SKF Belt Alignment Tool 86 TMDT 2-35 Probe with sharp tip 95
TKDT 10 SKF Thermometer 91 TMDT 2-36 Pipe clamp probe 95
TKED 1 Electrical discharge detector pen 109 TMDT 2-37 Extension cable 95
TKES 10 series Video endoscope 104 TMDT 2-38 Wire probe 95
TKGT 1 Grease test kit 178 TMDT 2-39 High temperature wire probe 95
183
Designation index
TMDT 2-40 Rotating probe 95 TMMD 100 Deep groove ball bearing puller kit 29
TMDT 2-41 Non-ferrous foundry probe 95 TMMK 10-35 Combi kit 18
TMDT 2-42 Ambient temperature probe 95 TMMP 6 Heavy-duty jaw puller 22
TMDT 2-43 Heavy duty surface probe 95 TMMP 10 Heavy-duty jaw puller 22
TMEH 1 Oil check monitor 179 TMMP 15 Heavy-duty jaw puller 22
TMEM 1500 SensorMount indicator 70 TMMP 2x65 Standard jaw puller 22
TMFN series Impact spanners 16 TMMP 2x170 Standard jaw puller 22
TMFS series Axial lock nut sockets 15 TMMP 3x185 Standard jaw puller 22
TMFT 36 Bearing fitting tool kit 10 TMMP 3x230 Standard jaw puller 22
TMHC 110E Hydraulic puller kit 26 TMMP 3x300 Standard jaw puller 22
TMHK 35 Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings 71 TMMR 8 Reversible jaw puller set 25
TMHK 36 Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings 71 TMMR 40F Reversible jaw puller 25
TMHK 38S Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings 71 TMMR 120F Reversible jaw puller 25
TMHN 7 Lock nut spanner kit 17 TMMR 350F Reversible jaw puller 25
TMHP 10E Hydraulic jaw puller kit 24 TMMR 120XL Reversible jaw puller 25
TMHP 15 series Hydraulically assisted heavy duty jaw puller 23 TMMR 160XL Reversible jaw puller 25
TMHS 75 Advanced hydraulic spindle 34 TMMS 50 Tri-section pulling plate 35
TMHS 100 Advanced hydraulic spindle 34 TMMS 100 Tri-section pulling plate 35
TMIP 7-28 Internal bearing puller kit 31 TMMS 160 Tri-section pulling plate 35
TMIP 30-60 Internal bearing puller kit 31 TMMS 260 Tri-section pulling plate 35
TMJL 100 Hydraulic pump 59 TMMS 380 Tri-section pulling plate 35
TMJL 100DU Hydraulic pump with digital gauge 50 TMMX 210 Puller protection blanket 36
TMJL 50 Hydraulic pump 58 TMMX 280 Puller protection blanket 36
TMJL 50DU Hydraulic pump with digital gauge 50 TMMX 350 Puller protection blanket 36
TMMA 60 SKF EasyPull - Mechanical jaw puller 20 TMSP 1 Sound pressure meter 107
TMMA 80 SKF EasyPull - Mechanical jaw puller 20 TMST 3 Electronic stethoscope 106
TMMA 120 SKF EasyPull - Mechanical jaw puller 20 TMSU 1 Ultrasonic leak detector 108
TMMA 75H SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller 20 TMTP 200 General purpose thermometer pen 91
TMMA 75H/SET SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller set 21 VKN 550 Bearing packer 157
TMMA 100H SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller 20
TMMA 100H/SET SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller set 21
PUB MP/P1 03000 EN

Concept, text, graphic design and production:
SKF Maintenance Products, Nieuwegein, The Netherlands
Photography: SKF on internet:

SKF Maintenance Products www.mapro.skf.com
Yves Paternoster (and others) www.skf.com/mount
www.skf.com/lubrication
Printing: www.skf.com
Verweij Printing, Mijdrecht,
The Netherlands
184
SKF, CARB, DUOFLEX, LUBRILEAN, MONOFLEX, MULTIFLEX, SENSORMOUNT, SYSTEM 24 are registered trademarks of the SKF Group.
KEVLAR is a registered trademark of DuPont. Microsoft and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. registered in the US and other countries.
SKF Group 2015

The contents of this publication are the copyright of the publisher and may not be reproduced (even extracts) unless prior written permission
is granted. Every care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in this publication but no liability can be accepted
for any loss or damage whether direct, indirect or consequential arising out of the use of the information contained herein.
PUB MP/P1 03000 EN January 2015
This publication supersedes publication PUB MP/P1 03000 EN July 2014.

Printed in The Netherlands on environmentally friendly paper.
Certain image(s) used under license from Shutterstock.com

03000EN MaPro 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

03000EN MaPro 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

03000EN MaPro 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SKF Maintenance and

Dismounting Buy a bearing

Extending the Bearing Life Cycle

Help your bearing achieve its maximum service life

Alignment Basic condition monitoring

Cylindrical seating Small

Tapered seating Small

Adapter sleeve Small

Withdrawal sleeve Small

Mounting bearings in a cold condition Mounting bearings using hydraulic techniques

Mounting bearings using heat

Mechanical dismounting Dismounting bearings using hydraulic techniques

SKF Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36

6403 6409 2301 2311 B52-2206 2304 - 2311 32008/38

62/28 32303 32311

63/28 33205 33211

16002 16011 33010 33011

16100 16101 358X

98203 - 98206 JLM 104948

Interference fits on cylindrical shafts

Interference fits on tapered shafts

Exact spanner radius reduces the risk of nut damage

SKF Hook Spanners HN series

Contents SKF HN 4-16/SET

Technical data HN series

Four sizes for tightening or loosening up to 24 nut sizes

SKF Adjustable Hook Spanners HNA series

Selection chart and technical data HNA series

SKF Hook Spanners HN ../SNL series

Selection chart and technical data

* Not recommended for use in combination with SNL/SNH housing

SKF Axial Lock Nut Sockets TMFS series

Selection chart and technical data

TMFS 1 1 22 0.9 28,0 1.1 45 1.8 3/8

TMFS 2 2 M101 25 1.0 33,0 1.3 61 2.4 1/2

TMFS 3 3 M121,5 28 1.1 36,0 1.4 61 2.4 1/2

TMFS 4 4 4 M161,5 32 1.3 38,0 1.5 58 2.3 1/2

TMFS 5 5 5 38 1.5 46,0 1.8 58 2.3 1/2

TMFS 6 6 6 M261,5 45 1.8 53,0 2.1 58 2.3 1/2

TMFS 7 7 7 M321,5 52 2.0 60,0 2.4 58 2.3 1/2

TMFS 8 8 8 M381,5 58 2.3 68,0 2.7 58 2.3 1/2

TMFS 9 9 9 65 2.6 73,5 2.9 63 2.5 3/4

TMFS 10 10 10 70 2.8 78,5 3.1 63 2.5 3/4

TMFS 11 11 11 M481,5, M501,5 75 3.0 83,5 3.3 63 2.5 3/4

TMFS 12 12 12 M521,5, M551,5 80 3.1 88,5 3.5 63 2.5 3/4

TMFS 13 13 13 85 3.3 94,0 3.7 63 2.5 3/4

TMFS 14 14 14 92 3.6 103,0 4.1 80 3.2 1

SKF Impact Spanners TMFN series

Suitable for nuts of series

Suitable for adapter sleeves

SKF Bearing Lock Nut Spanner TMHN 7 series

7 different-sized spanners to fit nut sizes 5 to 11

TMHN 7 is suitable for use with: Technical data

SKF Combi Kit TMMK 10-35

Mounting Suitability chart

60.. series 62.. series 63.. series 64.. series 16 series

Dismounting Technical data

SKF Reversible Jaw Pullers

SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers